Tag: E-CLASS

Introduction

The E-Class is a range of executive cars manufactured by Mercedes-Benz. It was first introduced in 1993 and has since been one of the brand’s most popular and recognizable models. The E-Class is known for its luxurious design, advanced technology, and outstanding performance.

The E-Class is available in several body styles, including sedan, coupe, cabriolet, and wagon. Each body style offers a unique combination of luxury and performance, with advanced features such as a premium audio system, voice-activated assistant, and adaptive suspension system.

The E-Class also features advanced safety systems, including active brake assist, attention assist, and lane departure warning. Additionally, the car is equipped with advanced driver assistance systems such as adaptive cruise control, blind spot monitoring, and automatic emergency braking.

Under the hood, the E-Class offers a range of powerful and efficient engines, including turbocharged four-cylinder and six-cylinder options. Additionally, the E-Class is available in hybrid and high-performance AMG variants, offering even more power and performance.

Overall, the E-Class is a luxury car that combines advanced technology, safety features, and outstanding performance in a stylish and sophisticated package.

What we are doing?

We are publishing the E-CLASS user guides, User Manuals, and Owner Instructions. Everything you need to know about your E-CLASS vehicles to get any fixes. Get the Owner’s Manual for your specific E-CLASS online.

Readable and Downloadable

Find information on how to operate your E-CLASS vehicle manuals. Read the complete and specific sections and Download your manual if you have to.
E-CLASS User Guides – Autouserguide.com

AMG E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

Mercedes-Benz AMG E-CLASS 2022 User Manual

The Mercedes-Benz AMG E-Class for the year 2022 is a high-performance variant of the E-Class luxury sedan. It represents the blending of luxury and sportiness, offering a powerful driving experience combined with cutting-edge technology and premium features.

Design: The AMG E-Class features a distinctive and athletic design that sets it apart from the standard E-Class models. It showcases an aggressive front grille, larger air intakes, muscular body lines, and unique AMG-specific styling elements. The exterior design reflects its high-performance capabilities while maintaining the elegance and sophistication associated with the E-Class.

Performance: Under the hood, the AMG E-Class packs a potent engine designed to deliver exhilarating performance. The specific engine options may vary depending on the market, but you can expect to find powerful V8 engines or advanced hybrid powertrains. These engines are paired with advanced transmissions and sport-tuned suspensions to enhance the driving dynamics and handling of the vehicle.

Technology: The 2022 AMG E-Class incorporates the latest technological advancements from Mercedes-Benz. It includes a state-of-the-art infotainment system with a large touchscreen display, voice control, and smartphone integration. Advanced driver assistance systems are also present to ensure safety and provide convenience during the drive.

Interior: The interior of the AMG E-Class is a blend of luxury and sportiness. Premium materials, such as leather upholstery and carbon fiber accents, adorn the cabin. The seats offer excellent comfort and support, especially during spirited driving. The interior is spacious, providing ample legroom and headroom for both the front and rear passengers.

AMG Performance: As with all AMG models, the AMG E-Class offers enhanced performance features and technology. These include sport-tuned suspension, performance brakes, aerodynamic enhancements, and various driving modes to customize the driving experience according to individual preferences.

Overall, the Mercedes-Benz AMG E-Class 2022 is a powerful and luxurious sports sedan that combines performance, technology, and comfort. It caters to those who seek a thrilling driving experience without compromising on luxury and style.

Seatbelt and SRS Airbag

WARNING:

All persons in the vehicle must fasten their seatbelts BEFORE the vehicle starts to move. Otherwise, the possibility of serious injury becomes greater in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
To obtain maximum protection in the event of an accident, the driver and all passengers must always wear seatbelts when in the vehicle. The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) airbag does not do away with the need to fasten seatbelts. In combination with seatbelts, it offers the best-combined protection in case of a serious accident.
Not wearing a seatbelt increases the chance of severe injury or death in a crash even when the vehicle has the SRS airbag.
The SRS airbags deploy with considerable speed and force. Occupants who are not seated in the proper upright position when the SRS airbag deploys could suffer very serious injuries. Because the SRS airbag needs enough space for deployment, the driver should always sit upright and well back in the seat as far from the steering wheel as practical while still maintaining full vehicle control and the front passenger should move the seat as far back as possible and sit upright and well back in the seat.

Engine Exhaust Gas (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNING:

Never inhale engine exhaust gas. Engine exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide, a colorless and odorless gas that is dangerous, or even lethal if inhaled.
Always properly maintain the engine exhaust system to prevent engine exhaust gas from entering the vehicle.
Never run the engine in a closed space, such as a garage, except for the brief time needed to drive the vehicle in or out of it.
Avoid remaining in a parked vehicle for a long time while the engine is running. If that is unavoidable, then use the ventilation fan to force fresh air into the vehicle.
Always keep the front ventilator inlet grille free from snow, leaves or other obstructions to ensure that the ventilation system always works properly.
If at any time you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle, have the problem checked and corrected as soon as possible. If you must drive under these conditions, drive only with all windows fully open.
Keep the trunk lid or rear gate closed while driving to prevent exhaust gas from entering the vehicle.

Drinking and Driving

WARNING:
Drinking and then driving is very dangerous. Alcohol in the bloodstream delays your reaction and impairs your perception, judgment and attentiveness. If you drive after drinking – even if you drink just a little it will increase the risk of being involved in a serious or fatal accident, injuring or killing yourself, your passengers and others. In addition, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol may increase the severity of that injury. Please don’t drink and drive.

Drunken driving is one of the most frequent causes of accidents. Since alcohol affects all people differently, you may have consumed too much alcohol to drive safely even if the level of alcohol in your blood is below the legal limit. The safest thing you can do is never drink and drive. However, if you have no choice but to drive, stop drinking and sober up completely before getting behind the wheel.

Drugs and Driving

WARNING:
There are some drugs (over-the-counter and prescription) that can delay your reaction time and impair your perception, judgment, and attentiveness. If you drive after taking them, it may increase your, your passengers and other persons’ risk of being involved in a serious or fatal accident.

If you are taking any drugs, check with your doctor or pharmacist or read the literature that accompanies the medication to determine if the drug you are taking can impair your driving ability. Do not drive after taking any medications that can make you drowsy or otherwise affect your ability to safely operate a motor vehicle. If you have a medical condition that requires you to take drugs, please consult with your doctor. Never drive if you are under the influence of any illicit mind-altering drugs. For your own health and well-being, we urge you not to take illegal drugs in the first place and to seek treatment if you are addicted to those drugs.

Attaching Accessories

WARNING:

Do not attach any accessories, labels or stickers (other than properly placed inspection stickers) to the windshield. Such items may obstruct your view.
If it is necessary to attach an accessory (such as an electronic toll collection (ETC) device or security pass) to the windshield, consult your SUBARU dealer for details on the proper location.
Do not connect any unauthorized accessories or devices to the data link connector (OBDII port). This connector should be used only with compatible diagnostic devices for inspection and maintenance by an authorized service technician using authorized service tools. Connecting unauthorized devices, such as a driver-behavior tracking device, may adversely affect vehicle systems, including safety systems, or allow others to access information stored in your vehicle. The use of unauthorized devices may also cause unexpected malfunctions, such as a drained battery, or may damage vehicle systems. The manufacturer’s warranty will not cover any part that malfunctions, fails, or is damaged due to the use of an unauthorized device with the data link connector.

Event Data Recorder

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crashes or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

How various systems in your vehicle were operating
Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Reference Links

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.co

Tags AMG, AMG E-CLASS, AMG E-CLASS 2022, autouserguide, E-CLASS, Mercedes-Benz, Mercedes-Benz AMG, User Manual

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Tire Pressure Monitor System

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Tire Pressure Monitor

The advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) on the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan is essential to maintaining both safety and peak vehicle performance. This technology continuously checks the pressure in each tire, alerting the driver in real-time if there are any noticeable variations from the recommended levels through the vehicle’s sophisticated display system. By doing this, the TPMS contributes to the maintenance of appropriate tire pressure, which is necessary to achieve maximum fuel economy, minimize tire wear, and improve overall driving dynamics. Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to fusing practical safety advances with luxury is demonstrated by the incorporation of this technology into the E-Class Sedan’s feature set.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Tire Pressure Monitor

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Tire Press. Monitor Currently Unavailable	* There is interference from a powerful radio signal source As a result, no signals from the tire pressure sensor are being received. The tire pressure monitoring system is temporarily unavailable. The tire pressure monitoring system will restart automatically as soon as the cause has been rectified. # Drive on
Tire Press. Monitor Inoperative	* The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctions
		The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires. Tires with insufficient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking. # Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors	* The wheels installed do not have suitable tire pressure sensors. The tire pressure monitoring system is deactivated. # Install wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.
Wheel Sensor(s) Missing	* There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor in at least one wheel. No pressure value is displayed for the affected tire. # Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Check Tires	* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound. WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure
	The tires can burst. The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly. The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired. You could then lose control of the vehicle. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Adjust the tire pressure if necessary. # Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions. # Check the tire pressure and the tires.
Please Correct Tire Pressure	* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the difference in tire pressure between the individual wheels is too great. # Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Tires

* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound.

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure

R The tires can burst.

R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.

R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.

You could then lose control of the vehicle.

# Observe the recommended tire pressures.

# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.

Check the tire pressure and the tires.

Please Correct Tire Pressure

* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the difference in tire pressure between the individual wheels is too great.

# Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary.

# When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Check Tires	* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound. & WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure
	R The tires can burst.
	R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
	R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
	You could then lose control of the vehicle.
	# Observe the recommended tire pressures.
	# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.
		#	Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions.
		#	Check the tire pressure and the tires.
Please Correct Tire Pressure	* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the difference in tire pressure between the individual wheels is too great. # Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor.

Display messages
Warning Tire Malfunction

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly. The wheel position is displayed.

& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with a flat tire

R The tires can overheat and be damaged.

R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired. You could then lose control of the vehicle.

# Do not drive with a flat tire.

# Do not exceed the maximum permissible driving distance in emergency mode and the maximum permissible speed with a flat MO Extended tire.

# Observe the notes on flat tires.

Notes on flat tires.

# Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions.

# Check the tires.

Tires Overheated

* At least one tire is overheating. The affected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the tires are displayed in yellow.

& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires Overheated tires can burst.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
		# Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.
Decrease Speed	* At least one tire is overheating. The affected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the tires are displayed in yellow.
		& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires
		Overheated tires can burst. # Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.

Tire pressure loss warning system

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Tire Pressure Soon

* Canada only:

The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss of pressure.

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure

R The tires can burst.

R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.

R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.

	Display messages		Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	Check Tire Pressure Soon		* Canada only: The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss of pressure. & WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure R The tires can burst. R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly. R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
Display messages		Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
		You could then lose control of the vehicle. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Adjust the tire pressure if necessary. # Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions. # Check the tire pressure and the tires. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system.
Check Tire Pressure Then Restart and Run the Flat Indicator		* Canada only: The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display message and has not been restarted since. # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure loss warning system.
Run Flat Indicator Inoperative		* Canada only: The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Engine Oil

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Engine Oil At the Next Refueling

* The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient engine oil.

# Check the engine oil level when next refuelling. Add engine oil.

Notes on engine oil.

Check Engine Oil Level (Add 1 quart)

* Display message only for certain engines:

The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient engine oil.

# When next refuelling, add 1.1 US q t (1 l) of engine oil. Notes on engine oil.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Engine Oil Reduces Oil Level

* Display message only for certain engines:

The engine oil level is too high.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with excess engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with excess engine oil.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately and have the engine oil level reduced.

Engine Oil Level Low Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off

* Display message only for certain engines:

The engine oil level is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient engine oil

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient engine oil.

# Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

# Switch off the vehicle.

# Add 1.1 US q t (1 l) of engine oil.

# Check the engine oil level.

Notes on engine oil.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Engine Oil Pressure Stop Switch Off Engine

* Display message only for certain engines:

The oil pressure is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage caused by driving with insufficient oil pressure

# Avoid driving with insufficient oil pressure.

# Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

# Switch off the vehicle.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Engine Oil Level Cannot Be Measured

* The electrical connection to the oil level sensor has been interrupted or the oil level sensor is faulty.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

FAQ

What is the purpose of the TPMS in the E-Class Sedan?

To monitor tire pressure and alert the driver of any significant pressure deviations.

How does the TPMS alert the driver to low tire pressure?

The system sends an alert, often both visual and auditory, via the vehicle’s display system.

Can the TPMS detect a flat tire?

Yes, it can detect significantly low pressure that may indicate a flat tire.

Is the TPMS active at all times during driving?

Yes, the system continuously monitors tire pressure while the vehicle is in operation.

How accurate is the TPMS in the E-Class Sedan?

The system is generally very accurate, but it’s always recommended to manually check tire pressure regularly for confirmation.

Can the driver manually check tire pressure through the TPMS?

Yes, tire pressure for each tire can typically be viewed on the vehicle’s display.

Does the TPMS need any maintenance or calibration?

The system may require recalibration after tire changes or pressure adjustments.

How does the TPMS in the E-Class Sedan enhance safety?

By ensuring tires are properly inflated, it enhances vehicle handling, reduces tire wear, and can prevent accidents.

Can the TPMS detect uneven tire wear?

While it detects pressure differences, it doesn’t directly monitor tire wear. Regular physical inspections are recommended.

Does the vehicle display show the exact pressure of each tire?

Yes, the exact pressure of each tire is typically displayed.

What should I do if the TPMS warning light comes on?

Check the tire pressure and inflate the tires to the recommended level as soon as possible.

How does temperature affect the TPMS readings?

Tire pressure can vary with temperature changes; the TPMS accounts for this to some extent, but readings might vary slightly.

What is the recommended tire pressure for the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The recommended pressure is specified in the owner’s manual and often on a sticker in the driver’s door jamb.

Can the TPMS system be disabled?

Disabling the TPMS is not recommended and may be illegal in some regions due to its safety implications.

Does the TPMS alert the driver to overinflated tires?

Yes, it alerts for both underinflation and overinflation.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Display Messages Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Display Messages

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan of 2023 is outfitted with a sophisticated display system that includes two 12.3-inch panels that offer an abundance of data and interactive features. This system, which is essential to the Mercedes-Benz User Experience (MBUX), provides a number of capabilities, such as potential augmented reality elements and maintenance reminders in addition to navigational support. Along with incorporating smartphone connectivity through Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it also displays important data like tire pressure readings, fuel economy, and car diagnostics. Safety features that provide both visual and audio alerts, such as parking assistance and blind spot monitoring, are smoothly incorporated into the display. By keeping the driver informed and engaged, our cutting-edge display technology improves the driving experience without sacrificing convenience or safety.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Display Messages

Introduction

Information about display messages
Display messages appear on the instrument display. Display messages with graphic symbols are simplified in the Operator’s Manual and may differ from the symbols on the instrument display. The instrument display shows high-priority display messages in red. Certain display messages are accompanied by a warning tone. Please act in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in the Operator’s Manual.

For some display messages, symbols will also be shown:

Further information
Hide display message
With the left-hand Touch Control, you can select the respective symbol by swiping to the left or right.
Pressing Õ displays further information on the media display. Press the ¨ symbol to hide the display message.
Display messages to be acknowledged can be hidden by pressing the back button G or with the left-hand Touch Control. The display messages will then be stored in the message memory.
Rectify the cause of a display message as quickly as possible. High-priority display messages cannot be hidden. The instrument display will show these display messages permanently until the cause of the display message has been rectified.

Calling up saved display messages On-board computer:
If there are no display messages, No Messages will appear on the instrument display.

Scroll through the display messages by swiping upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control. button G.

Occupant safety

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
SRS Malfunction Service Required	* The restraint system is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system
		Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident. # Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
Front Left Malfunction Service Required (example)	* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning.
		WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system
		Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident. Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required (example)	* The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a malfunction in the window curtain airbag
		The window curtain airbag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident. Have the window curtain airbag checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages
Front Passenger Airbag abled See Operator’s Manual

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The front passenger airbag and the front passenger knee airbag have been disabled even though an adult or a person of adult build is on the front passenger seat. If additional forces are applied to the seat, the weight the system detects may be too low.

WARNING
Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a disabled front passenger airbag

If the front passenger airbag is disabled, the front passenger airbag will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function. A person in the front passenger seat could then, for example, come into contact with the vehicle’s interior, especially if the person is sitting too close to the cockpit.

Make sure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.
Stop the vehicle immediately because of the traffic conditions.
Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
Check the status of the automatic front passenger airbag shutoff.
If necessary, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator’s Manual

* The front passenger airbag and the front passenger knee airbag will be enabled while the vehicle is in motion in the following situations:

Even when a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat
Even when the front passenger seat is not occupied

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to the weight applied to the seat.

WARNING
Risk of injury or death when using a child restraint system while the front passenger airbag is enabled

If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the front passenger airbag is enabled, the front passenger airbag can deploy in the event of an accident.

The child could be struck by the airbag.

Ensure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

Stop the vehicle immediately because of the traffic conditions.
Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
Check the status of the automatic front passenger airbag shutoff.
If necessary, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

PRE-SAFE Inoperative See Operator’s Manual

* The PRE‑SAFE® functions are malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
PRE-SAFE Impulse Side Inoperative See Operator’s Manual	* The PRE‑SAFE® Impulse Side system is malfunctioning or inoperative after being triggered. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
SmartKey
Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Obtain a New Key	* Have the SmartKey replaced. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Replace Key Battery	* The Smart Key battery is discharged. # Replace the battery.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Key Not Detected (white display message)

* The Smart Key is currently undetected.

Change the location of the Smart Key in the vehicle.
Try to start the vehicle.
If the Smart Key is still not detected, place it in the marked space for starting with the Smart Key.
Start the vehicle.

Key Not Detected (red display message)

* The Smart Key can no longer be detected during a journey and may no longer be in the vehicle. If the Smart Key is no longer in the vehicle and you switch off the vehicle:

You can no longer start the vehicle.
You cannot centrally lock the vehicle.

# Ensure that the Smart Key is in the vehicle.

If the Smart Key is in the vehicle and is still not detected:

Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
Place the Smart Key in the marked space for starting the engine with the Smart Key.

The Smart Key battery is weak or discharged.

Check the battery using the indicator lamp.
Replace the Smart Key battery, if necessary.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Key Being Initialized Please Wait	* The vehicle is being processed to teach in the new SmartKey. # Wait until processing is complete.
Don’t Forget Your Key	* A warning tone will also sound. This message reminds you to take your SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle.
Place the Key in the Marked Space See Opera- tor’s Manual	* Smart Key detection is malfunctioning. # Change the location of the Smart Key in the vehicle. # Place the Smart Key in the slot for starting the engine with the Smart Key.

Lights

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
: Check the Left Low Beam (example)	* The corresponding light source is malfunctioning. # Drive on carefully. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately. % LED light sources: the display message for the corresponding light appears only when all the light-emitting diodes in the light are faulty.
: Malfunction See Opera- tor’s Manual	* The exterior lighting is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
: Automatic Headlamp Mode Inoperative	* The light sensor for automatic driving lights is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
: Active Headlamps Inoperative	* The active headlamps are malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
: Switch On Headlamps	* You are driving without low-beam headlamps. # Turn the light switch to the L or Ã position.
: Switch Off Lights	* You are leaving the vehicle and the lights are still switched on. # Turn the light switch to the Ã position.
: Intell. Light System Inoper- ative	* The Intelligent Light System is malfunctioning. The lighting system continues to function properly without the functions of the Intelligent Light System. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Adaptive High Beam Assist is Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual	* Adaptive Highbeam Assist is temporarily unavailable. The system limits have been reached. Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available display message will appear.
		# #	Drive on Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist is available again.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative	* Adaptive Highbeam Assist is malfunctioning. # Drive on or # Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle. # If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Until then, operate the high beam manually.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual	* Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is temporarily unavailable. The system limits have been reached. Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Available Again display message will appear.
		# #	Drive on. Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus is available again.

Vehicle

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus Inoperative	* Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus is malfunctioning. # Drive on or # Stop the vehicle by the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle. # If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Until then, operate the high beam manually.
Hazard Warning Flashers Malfunctioning	* The hazard warning lamp switch is malfunctioning. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Vehicle Ready to Drive Switch the Ignition Off Before Exiting	* You are leaving the vehicle in a ready-to-drive state. # Get out of the vehicle, secure it against rolling away and take the key with you. # If you do not leave the vehicle, switch off the electrical consumers, e.g. the seat heating. Otherwise, the 12 V battery may discharge and starting the engine may be possible only with the help of a second battery (jump start).

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Head-up Display Currently Unavailable See Operator’s Manual	* The head-up display is temporarily unavailable. Possible causes: R Malfunctions in the power supply R Signal interference # Stop by the traffic conditions and switch the vehicle off and on again. # If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Head-up Display Inoperative	* The head-up display has an internal error. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Steering Malfunction Increased Physical Effort See Operator’s Manual	* The power steering assistance is malfunctioning.
		& WARNING Risk of an accident due to altered steering characteristics
		If the power assistance of the steering fails partially or completely, you will need to use more force to steer. # If safe steering is possible, drive on carefully. # Visit or consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Steering Malfunction Stop Immediately See Opera- tor’s Manual		* The steering is malfunctioning. Steering capability is significantly impaired.
			& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
			If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle’s operating safety is jeopardized. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
C		* At least one door is open. # Close all doors.
M		* The hood is open. & WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with the hood unlocked The hood may open and block your view. # Never release the hood when driving. # Before every trip, ensure that the hood is locked. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. # Close the hood.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The trunk lid is open. & DANGER Risk of exhaust gas poisoning Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid is open when the engine is running, especially if the vehicle is in motion. # Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid. # Never drive with the trunk lid open. # Close the trunk lid.
Rear Left Backrest Not Latched (example)	* The seat backrest of the corresponding seat is not engaged. # Fold the seat backrest back until it engages.
Check Washer Fluid	* The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum. # Add washer fluid.
Wiper Malfunctioning	* The windshield wiper is malfunctioning.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Restart the vehicle. If the display message still appears: # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
To switch the engine off, press and hold the Start/Stop button for at least 3 seconds or press 3 times.	* You have pressed the start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion. # Information about switching off the vehicle while driving.
Cannot Start Engine See Operator’s Manual	* The vehicle cannot be started. # Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on # If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Coolant Level See Operator’s Manual

* The coolant level is too low.

* NOTE Engine damage due to insufficient coolant

# Avoid long journeys with insufficient coolant.

# Add coolant.

# Have the engine cooling system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off

* The coolant is too hot.

Stop immediately by the traffic conditions and switch off the vehicle.

# Wait until the engine has cooled down.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not obstructed. # Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the coolant temperature display remains below the red marking.
	* There is a malfunction in the engine cooling system. # Avoiding high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the coolant temperature display remains below the red marking.
Fuel Level Low	* The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range. # Refuel.
Gas Cap Loose	* The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking. # Close the fuel filler cap. # If the fuel filler cap was already properly closed: Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Transformation

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Only Shift to ‘P’ when the Vehicle is Stationary	* It is possible to select the park position j only if the vehicle is stationary. # Depress the brake pedal to stop. # Shift the transmission to park position j when the vehicle is stationary.
Apply Brake to Shift from ‘P’	* You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j and into another transmission position. # Depress the brake pedal. # Select transmission position h, k or neutral i.
To select P or N, Depress the Brake and Start the Engine	* You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j or neutral i and into another transmission position. # Depress the brake pedal. # Start the vehicle. # Change the transmission position.
Apply Brake to Shift to D or R	* You have attempted to select transmission position h or k. # Depress the brake pedal. # Select transmission position h or k.
Apply Brake to Shift to ‘R’	* You have attempted to select transmission position k. # Depress the brake pedal.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Select transmission position k.
Driver’s Door Open & Transmission Not in P Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away	* The driver’s door is not fully closed and transmission position h, k or neutral i is selected. The vehicle may roll away. # Select park position j when switching off the vehicle.
N Permanently Active Risk of Rolling Away	* While the vehicle is rolling or while you are driving, neutral i has been engaged. # Depress the brake pedal to stop. # Shift the transmission to park position j when the vehicle is stationary. # To continue driving, select transmission position h or k.
Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer	* The transmission is malfunctioning. It is no longer possible to change the transmission position. # If transmission position h is selected, consult a qualified specialist workshop and do not change the transmission position. # For all other transmission positions, park the vehicle safely. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.
Reversing Not Possible Service Required	* The transmission is malfunctioning. It is not possible to select transmission position k. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Transmission Malfunction Stop	* The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission shifts to neutral i automatically. # Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions.

Display messages	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Depress the brake pedal. # Engage park position j. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Stop the Vehicle Leave the Engine Running Wait for the Transmission Cooling	* The transmission is overheating. Pulling away may be temporarily impaired or not possible. # Stop the vehicle immediately by the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving. # Leave the engine running. # Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.
Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (white display message)	* The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer being charged. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Until then, always select park position j manually before you switch off the vehicle. # Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.
Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (red display message)	* Vehicles with automatic transmission: The auxiliary battery for the transmission is no longer being charged. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Vehicles with automatic transmission: Until then, always select park position j before you switch off the vehicle. # Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

FAQ

What are the display messages in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?

Display messages in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 are notifications that appear on the instrument cluster or infotainment display to provide important information or alerts to the driver.

What types of information do display messages convey?

Display messages can include warnings about vehicle malfunctions, maintenance reminders, safety alerts, system status updates, and other relevant information.

How are display messages displayed in the E-Class Sedan 2023?

Display messages are typically shown as text-based notifications on the instrument cluster or infotainment display of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023.

Can display messages be customized or personalized?

Display messages cannot usually be customized or personalized, as they are standard notifications provided by the vehicle’s onboard systems.

Can I acknowledge or dismiss display messages?

Depending on the specific message, some display messages may require acknowledgement or interaction from the driver, while others may automatically disappear once the issue is resolved or the condition changes.

Are display messages accompanied by audible warnings or sounds?

Some display messages may be accompanied by audible warnings or sounds to draw the driver’s attention to the notification.

What should I do when a display message appears?

When a display message appears, it is important to read and understand the information it provides. If it indicates a specific issue or urgent action, it is advisable to follow the recommended steps or contact a qualified service technician for assistance.

Can I access a log or history of previous display messages?

In some cases, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 may provide a log or history of previous display messages in the vehicle’s system or diagnostic menu, allowing you to review past notifications.

Are display messages covered under the vehicle’s warranty?

Display messages themselves are not typically covered under the vehicle’s warranty, as they are informative notifications. However, if a display message indicates a warranty-covered issue, the related repair or service may be covered.

Can I disable or turn off display messages?

Display messages in the E-Class Sedan 2023 cannot usually be disabled or turned off, as they are essential for providing important information about the vehicle’s operation and status

Can I change the language of the display messages?

Yes, the language of display messages can usually be adjusted or changed through the vehicle’s settings menu to accommodate driver preferences or language requirements.

Can I adjust the display brightness for better visibility of messages?

Yes, the display brightness in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 can typically be adjusted to optimize the visibility of display messages under different lighting conditions.

Are there different priority levels for display messages?

Display messages may have different priority levels depending on the urgency or criticality of the information being conveyed. Some messages may be more urgent and require immediate attention, while others may be for informational purposes.

Can I receive display messages related to software updates or recalls?

Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 may display messages regarding software updates, recalls, or other important service-related information to keep the driver informed about necessary actions or updates.

Are display messages available in the head-up display (HUD) of the E-Class Sedan 2023?

The availability of display messages in the head-up display (HUD) may vary depending on the specific configuration and options of the vehicle. It’s recommended to check the vehicle’s documentation or consult a Mercedes-Benz dealership for precise information regarding HUD

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Engine Oil Instructions

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Engine Oil

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s engine oil is essential to preserving the longevity and performance of the car. It is strongly advised for this model to use premium synthetic oil that complies with Mercedes-Benz requirements to maintain engine health. Typically, the manufacturer recommends changing the oil every 10,000 miles or once a year to maintain engine efficiency, prevent damage, and handle warranty concerns. Important factors for owners to think about include oil type, capacity, viscosity grade, and following brand recommendations. The car might also have an oil life monitoring system, which would notify drivers when an oil change is due and highlight how crucial routine maintenance is to maintaining the E-Class Sedan’s advanced engineering.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Engine Oil

Notes on Engine Oil
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

NOTE
Engine damage caused by an incorrect oil filter, incorrect oil or additives

Do not use engine oils or oil filters other than those which meet the specifications necessary for the prescribed service intervals.
Do not alter the engine oil or oil filter to achieve longer change intervals than prescribed.
Do not use additives.
Have the engine oil changed after the prescribed intervals?

Mercedes-Benz recommends having the oil changed at a qualified specialist workshop. Only use engine oils approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz

Engine oil quality and filling capacity
Engine oil specification

Model

MB-Freigabe or MB- Approval

All models

229.51, 229.52,

229.61, 229.71,

229.72¹⁾

1) Recommended for the lowest possible fuel consumption (lowest SAE viscosity class in each case; observe possible restrictions of the approved SAE viscosity classes)

To achieve the lowest possible fuel consumption, it is recommended to use the engine oil specifications marked in the table with the lowest SAE viscosity class. Observe any possible restrictions of the approved SAE viscosity classes.

Engine oil filling capacity

Model Capacity
E 350	7.0 US qt (6.6 liters)
E 350 4MATIC	6.3 US qt (6.0 liters)
E 450 4MATIC	9.0 US qt (8.5 liters)

The specified filling capacity refers to an oil change with the oil filter.

Notes on brake fluid
Risk of an accident due to vapor pockets forming in the brake system The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air. This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid. If the boiling point is too low, vapour pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard. This causes the braking effect to be impaired.

Have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals?

Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop. Only use a brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval 331.0.

Coolant

Notes on coolant
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

WARNING
Risk of fire and injury from antifreeze If antifreeze comes into contact with hot component parts in the engine compartment, it may ignite. Allow the engine to cool down before adding antifreeze.

Make sure that no antifreeze spills out next to the filler opening.
Thoroughly clean off any antifreeze from component parts before starting the vehicle.

NOTE Damage caused by incorrect coolant

Only use coolant that has been premixed with the required antifreeze protection.

Coolant information is available at the following locations:

In the Mercedes-Benz Specification for Operating Fluids 320.1
- At https://operatingfluids.mercedes-benz.com
At a qualified specialist workshop

NOTE Overheating at high outside temperatures If an inappropriate coolant is used, the cooling system is not sufficiently protected against overheating and corrosion at high outside temperatures.

Only use coolant approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Observe the instructions in the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Operating Fluids 320.1.

Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop.

Proportion of antifreeze concentrate in the cooling system:

A minimum of 50% (antifreeze protection down to about -35°F (-37°C))
A maximum of 55% (antifreeze protection down to -49°F (-45°C))

Coolant filling capacity
Engine cooling circuit (filling capacity with heating)

Model	Capacity
E 450 4MATIC	13.7 US qt (13.0 liters)
All other models	14.8 US qt (14.0 liters)

Notes on windshield washer fluid
Risk of fire and injury from windshield washer concentrate Windshield washer concentrate is highly flammable. It could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine parts or the exhaust system.

Make sure that no windshield washer concentrate spills out next to the filler opening.

NOTE
Damage to the exterior lighting due to unsuitable windshield washer fluid Unsuitable windshield washer fluid may damage the plastic surface of the exterior lighting.

Only use windshield washer fluid suitable for use on plastic surfaces, e.g. MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit.

NOTE Blocked spray nozzles caused by mixing windshield washer fluids

Do not mix MB Summer Fit and MB Winter Fit with other windshield washer fluids.

Do not use distilled or deionized water. Otherwise, the fill level sensor may be triggered erroneously.

Recommended windshield washer fluid:

Above freezing point: e.g. MB SummerFit
R Below freezing point: e.g. MB WinterFit

For the correct mixing ratio, refer to the information on the antifreeze container. Mix washing water with windshield washer fluid all year round.

Refrigerant

Notes on refrigerant
Observe the notes on operating fluids. NOTE Damage due to incorrect refrigerant

The climate control system may be damaged if a non-approved refrigerant is used.

- USA: use only R‑134a refrigerant.
- Canada: use only R‑1234yf refrigerant.

NOTE Damage to the climate control system due to incorrect refrigerant compressor oil

Only use refrigerant compressor oil that has been approved by Mercedes-Benz.
Do not mix the approved refrigerant compressor oil with a different one.

Work on the climate control system may be carried out only at a qualified specialist workshop. All applicable regulations as well as SAE standard J639 must be adhered to. The information label for the climate control system regarding the refrigerant type and the refrigerant compressor oil (PAG oil) is located on the inside of the hood.

Information label (example – USA)

Hazard and service warning symbols
Refrigerant filling capacity
Applicable standards
PAG oil part number
GWP (global warming potential) of the refrigerant used
Refrigerant type

Information label (example – Canada)

Hazard and service warning symbols
Refrigerant filling capacity
Applicable standards
PAG oil part number
GWP (global warming potential) of the refrigerant used
Refrigerant type

Symbol 1 indicates the following:

Possible dangers
Having maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop

Filling capacity for refrigerant and PAG oil
Refrigerant filling capacity

Model
E 450 4MATIC	21.5 ± 0.4 oz (610 ± 10 g)
All other models	22.2 ± 0.4 oz (630 ± 10 g)

Filling capacity for PAG oil

Model

All models

2.8 ± 0.4 oz

(80 ± 10 g)

Vehicle data

Vehicle dimensions

The heights specified may vary as a result of the following factors:

Tires
Load
Condition of the suspension
Optional equipment

All models
Vehicle length	194.5 in (4940 mm)
Vehicle width including exterior mirrors	81.3 in (2065 mm)
Wheelbase	115.7 in (2939 mm)

Vehicle height

Model	Vehicle height
E 350	57.5 in (1460 mm)
All other models	57.8 in (1467 mm)

Turning circle

Model	Turning circle
E 350	38.1 ft (11.6 m)
All other models	39.0 ft (11.9 m)

Weights and loads
Note that items of optional equipment increase the curb weight and reduce the payload. Vehicle-specific weight information can be found on the vehicle identification plate.

FAQ

What type of engine oil is recommended for the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It’s recommended to use a high-quality synthetic oil, typically in line with Mercedes-Benz specifications.

What is the oil capacity of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The exact oil capacity can be found in the owner’s manual, but it’s generally around 5 to 8 quarts for engines of this type.

How often should the engine oil be changed?

Mercedes-Benz typically recommends oil changes every 10,000 miles or once a year, whichever comes first.

Can I use conventional oil in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It’s not recommended; synthetic oils are preferred for their performance and compatibility with advanced engine technologies.

What happens if I don’t change the engine oil as recommended?

Delaying oil changes can lead to engine damage, reduced performance, and potentially void the warranty.

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan have an oil life monitoring system?

Modern Mercedes-Benz vehicles usually feature an oil life monitoring system to alert when an oil change is needed.

What is the viscosity grade recommended for this vehicle?

Commonly, a 0W-40 or 5W-30 viscosity grade is recommended, but it’s best to consult the owner’s manual or a dealer.

Is there a specific brand of oil recommended by Mercedes-Benz?

Mercedes-Benz may recommend certain brands, but it’s more important that the oil meets their specification standards.

Can I mix different brands of oil in the engine?

It’s generally not recommended to mix oils; always use the same type and grade for top-ups.

What are the signs that the engine oil needs changing?

Look out for the oil change indicator light, decreased engine performance, or unusual engine noises.

Are there any special procedures for checking the oil level?

The oil level can typically be checked via the onboard computer or using the dipstick if equipped.

Does ambient temperature affect the choice of engine oil?

Yes, in extremely cold or hot climates, the recommended oil viscosity might differ.

How does engine oil affect fuel efficiency?

Properly maintained engine oil can help maintain optimal fuel efficiency.

Can I change the engine oil myself, or should it be done at a dealership?

While DIY is possible, it’s often recommended to have it done at a dealership or qualified service centre for warranty and technical reasons.

What is the process for disposing of used engine oil?

Used oil should be disposed of at a recycling centre or a facility that accepts hazardous materials.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Identification Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Identification Plate

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan sets itself apart with a sophisticated combination of cutting-edge technology and stylish appearance, making it easy for owners and enthusiasts to recognize. Key distinguishing features include its opulent inside with the newest MBUX infotainment system and premium finishes, as well as its sleek and contemporary exterior with all-LED lighting and a unique grille design. Additional indicators include the engine specifications, which include the 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine, the standard 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels, and precise external and interior proportions. Its status as a top model in the luxury sedan market is further confirmed by the addition of cutting-edge safety and driver-aid systems.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle Identification Plate

Vehicle identification plate (USA only)

Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
Maximum permissible front axle load
Maximum permissible rear axle load
Paint code
VIN (vehicle identification number)

Vehicle identification plate (Canada only)

Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
Maximum permissible front axle load
Maximum permissible rear axle load
Paint code
VIN (vehicle identification number)

The maximum permissible gross vehicle weight is made up of the vehicle weight, all vehicle occupants, the fuel and the load. The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried on one axle (front‑ or rear axle). Do not exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight or the maximum gross axle weight rating for the faront or rear axle.

VIN below the front right-hand seat

Imprinted VIN (vehicle identification number)
Floor covering

Additional Plates

Plate with information about emissions testing, including confirmation of emissions guidelines at the U.S. federal level as well as for California
Engine number stamped into the crankcase
VIN (vehicle identification number) as a label at the lower edge of the windshield

Operating Fluids

Notes on operating fluids

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of injury due to harmful operating fluids

Operating fluids can be toxic.

When using, storing and disposing of operating fluids, observe the imprints on the respective original containers.
Always keep operating fluids in the sealed original container.
Always keep children away from operating fluids.

ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Pollution of the environment due to irresponsible disposal of operating fluids Incorrect disposal of operating fluids can cause considerable damage to the environment.

Dispose of operating fluids in an environmentally responsible manner.

Operating fluids include the following:

Fuels
Lubricants
Coolant
Brake fluid
Windshield washer fluid
Climate control system refrigerant

Only use products approved by Mercedes-Benz. Damage caused by the use of products that have not been approved is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill gestures.

The operating fluids approved by Mercedes-Benz can be identified by the following inscriptions on the container:

MB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)
MB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)

WARNING
Risk of fire or explosion from fuel Fuels are highly flammable.

Fire, open flames, smoking and creating sparks must be avoided.
Before and during refuelling, switch off the vehicle and, if installed, the stationary heater.

WARNING
Risk of injury from fuels Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your health.

Do not swallow fuel or let it come into contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Do not inhale fuel vapour.
Keep children away from fuel.
Keep doors and windows closed during the refuelling process.

If you or other people come into contact with fuel, observe the following:

Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with soap and water.
If fuel comes into contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water. Seek medical attention immediately.
If you swallow fuel, seek medical attention immediately. Do not induce vomiting.
# Change immediately out of clothing that has come into contact with fuel.

Flexible-fuel vehicles can be refueled with the following fuel types:

Premium-grade unleaded gasoline E85 fuel
A mixture of E85 fuel and premium-grade unleaded gasoline

Flexible-fuel vehicles can be identified by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel filler flap.
Depending on the country, the fuels you can use in your vehicle may differ from the information in the Operator’s Manual. The fuels that have been approved for your vehicle can be found on the instruction label on the inside of the fuel filler flap.

Fuel

Information on fuel quality for vehicles with gasoline engine
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

NOTE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system, the engine and the emission control system.

Only refuel with low-sulfur spark-ignition engine fuel.

This fuel may contain up to 10% ethanol by volume. Your vehicle is suitable for use with E10 fuel.

Never refuel with one of the following fuels:

Diesel
Gasoline with more than 10% ethanol by volume, e.g. E15, E85, E100
Gasoline with more than 3% methanol by volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100
R Gasoline with additives containing metal

If you have accidentally refueled with the wrong fuel:

Do not switch on the vehicle.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If the available fuel is not sufficiently low in sulfur, it may produce unpleasant odors. Vehicles with M256 gasoline engine: if you are using 91 AKI/95 RON, there may be slight limitations in performance that have no further consequences. Refuel only with fuel that has at least the octane number specified on the information label on the fuel filler flap. For maximum engine output: refuel only with pre-mium-grade unleaded gasoline with an octane number of at least 91 AKI/95 RON.
As a temporary measure, if the recommended fuel is not available, you may also refuel with regular unleaded gasoline with an octane number of at least 87 AKI/91 RON. This may reduce engine output and increase fuel consumption. Never refuel using gasoline of an even lower RON.

NOTE
Premature engine wear through unleaded regular gasoline Impairment of the longevity and performance of the engine.

If unleaded premium grade gasoline is unavailable and you have to refuel using unleaded regular gasoline:

Only fill the fuel tank to half full with unleaded regular gasoline and refill as soon as possible with unleaded premium-grade gasoline.
Do not drive at the maximum design speed.
Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3000 rpm.

Further information on fuel is available in the following locations:

At a gas station
At a qualified specialist workshop
On the https://www.mbusa.com (USA only)

Information on additives in gasoline (vehicles with gasoline engines)
Observe the notes on operating fluids.

NOTE Damage from use of unsuitable additives Even small amounts of the wrong additive may lead to malfunctions occurring.

Only add cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes-Benz to the fuel.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use brand-name fuels with additives. In some countries, the fuel available may not have sufficient additives. Deposits could build up in the fuel injection system as a result. In this case, in consultation with a qualified specialist workshop (e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Service Center), mix the fuel with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes-Benz. Observe the notes and mixing ratios indicated on the tank.

Tank content and fuel reserve
Total fuel tank capacity

Model
E 450 4MATIC	21.1 gal (80.0 liters)
All other models	17.4 gal (66.0 liters)

Fuel tank reserve

Model
E 450 4MATIC	3.2 gal (12.0 liters)
All other models	1.8 gal (7.0 liters)

FAQ

How can I identify the 2023 model of the E-Class Sedan from previous models?

Look for the latest design updates, especially in the front and rear fascias, and the most current interior features.

What distinctive exterior features help identify the E-Class Sedan?

Notable features include its sleek body lines, distinct grille design, and all-LED exterior lighting.

Are there any unique interior features that distinguish the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The interior boasts a modern design with a high-quality finish, possibly including unique trim options and the latest MBUX infotainment system.

How can I verify the engine type in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

Check under the hood for engine specifications or refer to the vehicle’s documentation for details like the 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine.

What type of wheels are standard on the 2023 model?

It comes with 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels as standard.

Is there a specific badge or emblem that indicates the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class Sedan will have specific badging, usually found on the trunk, which includes the model name and engine type.

How can I tell if the car has optional features installed?

Optional features may include different wheel designs, exterior accents, or advanced safety features that can be verified through a visual inspection or vehicle documentation.

What are the key safety features visible for identification?

Key safety features may include advanced camera systems, sensor placements, and LED lighting technology.

How do I identify the transmission type in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The transmission type (9G-TRONIC 9-speed automatic) can be identified through vehicle documentation or onboard vehicle settings.

Can the vehicle’s infotainment system version help in identification?

Yes, the latest MBUX system version is a hallmark of the newest models.

Are there specific colour options unique to the 2023 model?

The 2023 model may offer colour options that are unique or newly introduced for that year.

How can I identify the car’s fuel type?

The fuel type (premium unleaded gasoline) is usually indicated near the fuel cap and in vehicle documentation.

What interior seating options are unique to the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

Look for specific upholstery options or seating features like massage functions that are unique to the latest models.

Are there any specific lighting features for the 2023 model?

The vehicle features all-LED exterior lighting, which might have distinctive design elements for the 2023 model.

How can I tell if the vehicle has the latest driver assistance technologies?

Check for features like the MBUX Augmented Video for Navigation or the latest version of driver assist systems.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Warning and Indicator Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Indicator Lamps

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan has a wide range of warning and indication systems that are intended to improve safety and give the driver important information. These systems include sophisticated tire pressure monitoring, indications for engine and brake system problems, fuel level alarms, and maintenance reminders. The car also has airbag system indicators, adaptive cruise control warnings, lane departure and blind spot monitoring, and other contemporary safety measures. The E-Class Sedan’s dedication to provide a safe and informed driving experience, fusing luxury with cutting-edge technology to assure driver and passenger safety, is further demonstrated by the integration of these warning and indicator systems.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Warning And Indicator Lamps

Overview of Indicator and Warning Lamps
Some systems will perform a self-test when the vehicle is switched on. Some indicator and warning lamps may briefly light up or flash. This behaviour is non-critical. These indicator and warning lamps indicate a malfunction only if they light up or flash after the vehicle has been started or during a journey.

Instrument display

Depending on the display settings, the positions of the indicator lamps on the instrument display may differ from the example shown.

Indicator and warning lamps
Occupant safety

Restraint system
Seat belt

Vehicle

Power steering

Engine

Coolant temperature
Engine diagnosis
Electrical malfunction
Reserve fuel with fuel filler flap location indicator

Brakes

Electric parking brake (yellow)F USA:

electric parking brake (red)
electric parking brake (red)
Recuperative Brake System
Canada: brakes (yellow)
USA: brakes (red)
Canada: brakes (red)

Driving systems

Distance warning
Active Brake Assist
Active Brake Assist
AIR BODY CONTROL
DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL
Driving safety systems ABS
Tire pressure monitoring system
Tire pressure monitoring system

Exterior lighting

Standing lights
Low beam High beam
Turn signal lights
Rear fog light Symbols on the media display
Drive Away Assist
Cross Traffic Alert
Maneuvering brake function

Occupant safety

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Restraint system warning lamp
The restraint system red warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is on. The restraint system is malfunctioning

WARNING
Risk of injury due to malfunctions in the restraint system Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deployed as planned in an accident.

Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Drive on carefully. # Note the messages on the instrument display. # Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Seat belt warning lamp flashes	* The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds. The driver or front passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. # Fasten your seat belt. There are objects on the front passenger seat. # Remove the objects from the front passenger seat.
Seat belt warning lamp lights up	* The red seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds once the vehicle has started. In addition, an intermittent warning tone may sound. The red seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts. # Fasten your seat belt. If you have placed objects on the front passenger seat, the red seat belt warning lamp may remain lit.

Warning/indicator lamp Power steering warning lamp (red)	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The red power steering warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning. WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle’s operating safety is jeopardized. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Engine
Warning/indicator lamp Coolant warning lamp (red)
	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The red coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. Possible causes: The temperature sensor is malfunctioning The coolant level is too low The air supply to the radiator is obstructed

WARNING
Risk of burns when opening the hood

If you open the hood in the event of an overheated engine or fire in the engine compartment, the following situations may occur:

You may come into contact with hot gases.
You may come into contact with other escaping hot operating fluids.
Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.
In the event of a fire in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the fire service.
Stop immediately by the traffic conditions and switch off the vehicle. Do not continue driving.
Note the messages on the driver’s display.

If the coolant temperature display is at the lower end of the temperature scale:

Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
If the coolant temperature display is at the upper end of the temperature scale:
Exit the vehicle and keep a safe distance from it until the engine has cooled down.
Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not obstructed.
Avoid high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop. In doing so, ensure that the coolant temperature display remains below the red area.

The yellow coolant warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.

Possible causes are:

The temperature sensor is malfunctioning
The charge air, transmission oil or battery cooling is faulty
The radiator shutters are blocked or defective
Avoid high loads on the engine, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow Check Engine warning lamp is lit while the engine is running. A malfunction has occurred in the engine, the exhaust system or the fuel system. The emissions limit value may have been exceeded and the engine may be running in emergency operation mode. In some states, legal requirements stipulate that you must immediately consult a qualified specialist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up.

Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop.
The red electrical malfunction warning lamp is lit.
There is a malfunction in the electrics.
Note the messages on the driver’s display.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Electrical malfunction warning lamp	* The red electrical malfunction warning lamp is lit. There is a malfunction in the electrics. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Fuel reserve warning lamp flashes	* The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while you are driving. There has been pressure loss in the fuel system. The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking. # Close the fuel filler cap. If the fuel filler cap has already been closed correctly: # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Fuel reserve warning lamp lights up	* The yellow fuel reserve warning lamp lights up while the engine is running. The fuel supply has dropped into the reserve range. # Refuel.

Breaks

Warning/indicator lamp

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Electric parking brake indicator lamp (red) (USA only)

Electric parking brake indicator lamp (red) (Canada only)

The electric parking brake (yellow) indicator lamp

* The red electric parking brake indicator lamp flashes or is lit.

The yellow electric parking brake indicator lamp is also lit in the event of a malfunction.

# Note the messages on the instrument display.

Warning/indicator lamp

Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Recuperative Brake System warning lamp (USA only)

Brakes warning lamp (yellow) (Canada only)

*The yellow é warning lamp (USA only) or the yellow J brake warning lamp (Canada only) is lit while the vehicle is running.

WARNING
Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction

If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.

# Drive on carefully.
# Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
# Adjust your speed and drive on carefully, leaving a suitable distance to the vehicle in front.
# If the instrument display shows a display message, observe it.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The red brake warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. Possible causes: The brake force boosting is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be affected. There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. # Note the messages on the instrument display. WARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations. # Stop in a safe location immediately. Do not continue driving. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Brake warning lamp (USA only)
Brake system warning lamp (Canada only)
			WARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake fluid level
		If the brake fluid level is too low, the braking effect and the braking characteristics may be impaired. # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances. # Consult a qualified specialist workshop. # Do not add brake fluid.

Driving systems

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Warning lamp for distance warning function	* The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion. The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed selected. If there is an additional warning tone, you are approaching an obstacle at too high a speed. # Be prepared to brake immediately. # Increase the distance. Function of Active Brake Assist.
Active Brake Assist warning lamp	* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on. Due to dirty sensors or a malfunction, the system is not available or the range of functions is restricted. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Active Brake Assist warning lamp	* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on. The system is switched off or the range of functions has been automatically restricted. This may be the case if another driving system has been activated. # Observe the notes on Active Brake Assist.

Warning/indicator lamp Suspension warning lamp (yellow)	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The yellow AIR BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit. The yellow DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL warning lamp is lit. A malfunction has occurred in the AIR BODY CONTROL. A malfunction has occurred in the DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
Driving safety systems
Warning/indicator lamp ABS warning lamp
	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	* The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. ABS is malfunctioning. If an additional warning tone sounds, EBD is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning. # Note the messages on the instrument display.WARNING There is a risk of skidding if EBD or ABS is malfunctioning The wheels may lock during braking.The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
		# Drive on carefully. # Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
ESP® warning lamp flashes	* The yellow ESP® warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion. One or more wheels have reached their grip limit. # Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.
ESP® warning lamp lights up	* The yellow ESP® warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running. ESP® is malfunctioning. Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning. # Note the messages on the instrument display.
		WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning
		If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are switched off. # Drive on carefully. # Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Tire Pressure Monitor

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp flashes	*The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit. The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
		WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
		The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires. Tires with insufficient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking. # Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
Tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp lights up	* The yellow tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit. The tire pressure monitoring system has detected tire pressure loss in at least one of the tires. WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure The tires can burst. The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly. The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired. You could then lose control of the vehicle. # Observe the recommended tire pressures. # Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

Warning/indicator lamp	Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
	# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions. # Check the tire pressure and the tires.

FAQ

What type of warning system does the 2023 E-Class Sedan have for engine issues?

It likely includes a check engine light and possibly a message display for specific issues.

Is there a tire pressure monitoring system?

Yes, it features an advanced tire pressure monitoring system.

Does the vehicle have a fuel level warning indicator?

Yes, like most modern vehicles, it will have a fuel level warning indicator.

What kind of indicators are there for maintenance reminders?

The vehicle likely includes service interval reminders for regular maintenance.

Does the E-Class Sedan feature a lane departure warning system?

It likely includes a lane departure warning system as part of its driver assistance features.

Is there a warning system for the adaptive cruise control?

Yes, there would typically be visual and audible warnings related to the adaptive cruise control functionality.

What alerts does the car provide for low battery or alternator issues?

A warning light or message would typically alert the driver to low battery or alternator issues.

Does the car have a temperature warning light or gauge?

Yes, it will have a temperature gauge and possibly a warning light for overheating.

Are there any indicators for the brake system?

The vehicle will have a brake system warning light for issues like low brake fluid or a malfunction.

Does the vehicle indicate when it’s time to replace the brake pads?

Many modern cars, including likely the E-Class, have indicators for when brake pads need replacing.

Is there a warning system for the airbag system?

Yes, there is an airbag warning light to indicate any faults with the system.

What kind of seatbelt reminders does the car have?

The vehicle will have seatbelt reminder alerts, typically both visual and audible.

Does the E-Class Sedan have a warning for open doors or trunk?

Yes, there will be indicators for any open doors, trunk, or hood.

Are there any indicators for the electronic stability control system?

The car will have indicators for the Electronic Stability Program (ESP) when it’s engaged or malfunctioning.

Does the vehicle provide warnings for the exhaust system?

Specific exhaust system warnings are not typical, but general engine warnings may cover exhaust issues.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Tire Pressure Instructions

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Tire Pressure

The Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) as standard. This system monitors the air pressure in all four tires continuously and alerts the driver if the pressure falls below the recommended level. It is crucial to maintain the recommended tire pressure for safety, fuel efficiency, and tire longevity. You can find the recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 on the sticker located on the driver’s side door jamb or in the owner’s manual. It is advisable to check the tire pressure regularly, at least once a month, and before long trips or carrying heavy loads. If the TPMS light turns on while driving, it is essential to check the tire pressure as soon as possible. Driving on underinflated tires can be risky and can cause premature wear and tear. If the light remains on after inflating the tires to the recommended pressure, there may be a problem with the TPMS system, and it is recommended to have it checked by a qualified technician. It is vital to note that different models and packages of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 come equipped with different tire sizes and types. It is important to use the recommended tire size and type for your specific vehicle to ensure optimal performance, safety, and comfort.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Tire Pressure

Notes on tire pressure
Risk of accident due to insufficient or excessive tire pressure

Underinflated or overinflated tires pose in particular the following risks:

The tires can burst.
The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired.
Comply with the recommended tire pressures and check the tire pressure of all tires, including the spare wheel, regularly:
- Monthly
- When the load changes
Before embarking on a longer journey
If operating conditions change, e.g. off-road driving
Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.

Tire pressure that is too high or too low can:

Shorten the service life of the tires.
Cause increased tire damage.
Adversely affects driving characteristics and thus driving safety, e.g. due to hydroplaning.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to too low a tire pressure Tires with a pressure that is too low can overheat and burst as a consequence. In addition, they also suffer from irregular wear, which can significantly impair the braking properties and handling characteristics.

Avoid excessively low tire pressure.

Tire pressure which is too low can cause:

Tire defects as a result of overheating
Impaired handling characteristics
Irregular wear
Increased fuel consumption

WARNING
Risk of accident due to too high a tire pressure Tires with excessively high pressure can burst. In addition, they also suffer from irregular wear, which can significantly impair the braking properties and handling characteristics.

Avoid excessively high tire pressures.

Tire pressure which is too high can cause:

Increased braking distance
Impaired handling characteristics
Irregular wear
Impaired driving comfort
Susceptibility to damage

WARNING
Risk of accident due to repeated pressure drop in the tires The wheels, valves or tires could be damaged. Too low tire pressure can lead to the tires bursting.

Examine the tires for foreign objects.
Check whether the tire has a puncture or the valve has a leak.
If you are unable to rectify the damage, contact a qualified specialist workshop.

You can find information on tire pressure for the vehicle’s factory-installed tires on the following labels:

Tire and loading information placard on the
B‑pillar of your vehicle.
Tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap.

Observe the maximum tire pressure. Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure. The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure.

Only correct the tire pressure when the tires are cold. Conditions for cold tires:

The vehicle has been parked with the tires out of direct sunlight for at least three hours.
The vehicle has travelled less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

The vehicle’s tires heat up when driving. As the temperature of the tires increases, so too does the tire pressure. Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: you can also check the tire pressure using the onboard computer. The tire pressure recommended for increased load/speed in the tire pressure table can affect the ride comfort.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to unsuitable accessories on tire valves If you mount unsuitable accessories onto tire valves, the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction, which can cause tire pressure loss.

Only screw standard valve caps or valve caps specifically approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve.

Tire pressure table
The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel filler flap.

The data shown in the images is an example

The tire pressure table shows the recommended tire pressure for all tires approved for this vehicle. The recommended tire pressures are valid for cold tires under various operating conditions according to the load and/or speed of the vehicle. If one or more tire sizes precede tire pressure, the following tire pressure information is only valid for those tire sizes and their respective load condition. The load conditions “partially laden” and “fully laden” are defined in the table for different numbers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The actual number of seats may differ from this. The tire pressure table shows the recommended tire pressure for all tires approved for this vehicle. The recommended tire pressures are valid for cold tires under various operating conditions according to the load and/or speed of the vehicle. If one or more tire sizes precede tire pressure, the following tire pressure information is only valid for those tire sizes and their respective load condition. The load conditions “partially laden” and “fully laden” are defined in the table for different numbers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The actual number of seats may differ from this.

Some tire pressure tables only show the rim diameter instead of the complete tire size, e.g. R18. The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall.

Tire and loading information placard
Maximum tire pressure

Checking the tire pressure manually

Read the tire pressure recommended for the current operating conditions from the tire and loading information placard or the tire pressure table. Observe the notes on tire pressure.
Remove the valve cap of the tire to be checked.
Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve.
Read the tire pressure.
If the tire pressure is lower than the recommended value, increase the tire pressure to the recommended value.
If the tire pressure is higher than the recommended value, release air. To do so, press down the metal pin in the valve, e.g. using the tip of a pen. Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge.
Screw the valve cap onto the valve.
Further related subjects:
- Notes on tire pressure
- Tire pressure table
- Tire and loading information placard

Tire pressure monitoring system
The function of the tire pressure monitoring system

DANGER
Risk of accident due to incorrect tire pressure, Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. The system checks the tire pressure and the tire temperature of the tires fitted to the vehicle by means of a tire pressure sensor. The tire pressure and the tire temperature appear on the onboard computer. If there is a substantial pressure loss or if the tire temperature is excessive, you will be warned with display messages or the h warning lamp in the instrument cluster. The tire pressure monitoring system is only an aid. It is the driver’s responsibility to set the tire pressure to the recommended cold tire pressure suitable for the operating situation. In most cases, the tire pressure monitoring system will automatically update the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure. You can, however, also update the reference values by restarting the tire pressure monitoring system manually.

System limits
The system may be impaired or may not function particularly in the following situations:

incorrect reference values were taught in
sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign object penetrating the tire, for example
there is a malfunction caused by another radio signal source
Checking the tire pressure with the tire pressure monitoring system

Requirements

The vehicle is switched on.
On-board computer:

4 Service 5 Tires

One of the following displays will appear:

Current tire pressure and tire temperature on the individual wheels:

Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes
R Tire Pressure Monitor Active: the teach-in process of the system is not yet complete. The tire pressures are already being monitored.
Compare the tire pressure with the recommended tire pressure for the current operating condition. Additionally, observe the notes on cold tires.
The values displayed in the onboard computer may deviate from those of the tire pressure gauge as they refer to sea level. At high elevations, the tire pressure values indicated by a pressure gauge will be higher than those shown by the onboard computer. In this case, do not reduce the tire pressure.

Restarting the tire pressure monitoring system

The recommended tire pressure is correctly set for the respective operating status on all of the wheels.

Restart the tire pressure monitoring system in the following situations:

The tire pressure has changed.
The wheels or tires have been changed or newly fitted.

On-board computer:

4 Service 5 Tires

Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.

The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message will be shown on the instrument display.

To restart, press Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
The Tire Press. Monitor Restarted message will be shown on the instrument display. Current warning messages will be deleted and the yellow h warning lamp will go out.
After you have been driving for a few minutes, the system will check whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range. The current tire pressures will then be accepted as reference values and monitored.

Be sure also to pay attention to the following related topic:
R Notes on tire pressure.

Tire pressure loss warning system

The function of the tire pressure loss warning system
The tire pressure loss warning system warns the driver using display messages when there is a severe tire pressure loss.

System limits
The system may be impaired or may not function particularly in the following situations:

incorrect reference values were taught in
sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign object penetrating the tire, for example
an even pressure loss on more than one tire occurs

The system has a restricted or delayed function, particularly in the following situations:

poor ground conditions, e.g. snow or gravel
driving with snow chains
when adopting a very sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or sudden acceleration
driving with a high load

The tire pressure loss warning system is only an aid. It is the driver’s responsibility to set the tire pressure to the recommended cold tire pressure suitable for the operating situation and to check it.

Be sure to also observe the following further related subjects:

Notes on tire pressure
Display messages about the tires

Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system

The recommended tire pressure is correctly set for the respective operating status on all wheels.

Restart the tire pressure loss warning system in the following situations:

The tire pressure has changed.
The wheels or tires have been changed or newly fitted.

On-board computer:
4 Service 5 Tires

Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
The Tire Pressure Control System Active Restart message will be shown on the display.
To begin restart, press Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
Is the Tire Pressure Now OK? message will be shown on the display.
Select Yes.
To confirm restart, press Touch Control on the left-hand side of the steering wheel.
The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message will be shown on the display.
After you have driven for a few minutes, the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set pressures of all the tires.

Be sure also to pay attention to the following related topic:

Notes on tire pressure.

FAQ

What is the tire pressure monitoring system in the Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) as standard. This system continuously monitors the air pressure in all four tires and alerts the driver if the pressure falls below the recommended level.

Why is maintaining the correct tire pressure important?
Maintaining the correct tire pressure is important for safety, fuel efficiency, and prolonging the life of your tires.

Where can I find the recommended tire pressure for my Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 can be found on the sticker located on the driver’s side door jamb or in the owner’s manual.

How often should I check my tire pressure?
It is important to check the tire pressure regularly, at least once a month, and before long trips or when carrying a heavy load.

What should I do if the TPMS light comes on while driving?
If the TPMS light comes on while driving, it is important to check the tire pressure as soon as possible. Driving on underinflated tires can be dangerous and can cause premature wear and tear on your tires.

What should I do if the TPMS light stays on after inflating the tires to the recommended pressure?
If the light stays on after inflating the tires to the recommended pressure, there may be a problem with the TPMS system, and it is recommended to have it checked by a qualified technician.

What tire sizes and types are recommended for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes equipped with different tire sizes and types depending on the model and package. It is important to use the recommended tire size and type for your specific vehicle to ensure optimal performance, safety, and comfort.

What is the recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The recommended tire pressure for the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 may vary depending on the tire size and type. It is important to refer to the sticker located on the driver’s side door jamb or in the owner’s manual for the correct tire pressure.

Can I inflate my tires to a higher pressure than the recommended level?
No, it is not recommended to inflate your tires to a higher pressure than the recommended level. Overinflating your tires can be dangerous and can cause premature wear and tear on your tires.

Can I use nitrogen instead of air to inflate my tires?
Yes, you can use nitrogen instead of air to inflate your tires. Nitrogen can help maintain tire pressure for a longer period of time and reduce the risk of moisture-related damage.

What should I do if I suspect a puncture or damage to my tire?
If you suspect a puncture or damage to your tire, it is important to have it inspected by a qualified technician as soon as possible.

Can I repair a punctured tire or do I need to replace it?
Whether a punctured tire can be repaired or needs to be replaced depends on the severity and location of the puncture. It is important to have it inspected by a qualified technician to determine the best course of action.

Can I replace just one tire or do I need to replace all four?
It is generally recommended to replace all four tires at the same time to ensure even wear and optimal performance. However, if only one tire needs to be replaced, it is important to choose a tire that matches the size and type of the other tires.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Loading The Vehicle Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023

When it comes to packing the car, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s elegant and practical design makes for a smooth and convenient experience. With a roomy 13.1 cubic feet of cargo space, the sedan can accommodate a wide range of loading requirements for both short excursions and regular errands. Although the sources that are currently available do not specifically specify features like hands-free trunk opening, fold-down rear seats, and integrated loading aids, these are features that are frequently seen in high-end cars like the E-Class. Its adaptability is further enhanced by the availability of optional equipment like Mercedes-Benz cargo organizers and roof racks, which makes it the perfect alternative for anyone looking for a harmonious blend of style and utility.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Loading The Vehicle

Notes on Tire and Loading Information placard
Risk of accident from overloaded tires. Overloaded tires may overheat and burst as a consequence. Overloaded tires can also impair the steering and handling characteristics and lead to brake failure.

Observe the load rating of the tires.
The load rating must be at least half the permissible axle load of the vehicle.
Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load.

The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B-pillar on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information placard.

The data shown in the illustration is example data.

The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the following information:

Maximum number of seats 2 according to the maximum number of people permitted to travel in the vehicle.
Maximum permissible load 3 comprises the gross weight of all vehicle occupants, load, and luggage.
Recommended tire pressure 1 for cold tires. The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed.

Please also note:

Information on permissible weights and loads on the vehicle identification plate.
Information on tire pressure in the tire pressure table.

Further related subjects:

Determining the maximum permissible load
Notes on tire pressure.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575, under the “National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966”.

Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard.
Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1,400 – 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Not all vehicles are permitted to tow a trailer. Towing a trailer is only permitted if a trailer hitch is installed. Please consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer if you have any questions about towing a trailer with your vehicle. Even if you have calculated the total load carefully, you should still make sure that the maximum permissible gross weight and the maximum gross axle weight rating of your vehicle are not exceeded. Details acan be found on the vehicle identification plate.

Have your loaded vehicle – including driver, occupants and load – weighed on a vehicle weighbridge.

The measured values may not exceed the maximum permissible values stated on the vehicle identification plate.

Further related subjects:

Calculation example for determining the maximum load.
Tire and Loading Information placard.
Tire pressure table.
Vehicle identification plate.

Calculation example for determining the maximum load

The following table shows examples of how to calculate total and load capacities with varying seating configurations and different numbers and sizes of occupants. The following examples use a maximum load of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only. Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard. The higher the weight of all the occupants, the smaller the maximum load for luggage.

Example 1 Example 2
Combined maximum weight of occupants and load (data from the Tire and Loading Information placard)	1500 lbs (680 kg)	1500 lbs (680 kg)

Step 2

Example 1 Example 2
Number of people in the vehicle (driver and occupants)	5	1
Distribution of the occupants	Front: 2 Rear: 3	Front: 1
Weight of occupants	Occupant 1: 150 lbs (68 kg) Occupant 2: 180 lbs (82 kg) Occupant 3: 160 lbs (73 kg) Occupant 4: 140 lbs (63 kg) Occupant 5: 120 lbs (54 kg)	Occupant 1: 200 lbs (91 kg)
Total weight of all occupants	750 lbs (340 kg)	200 lbs (91 kg)

Step 3

Example 1 Example 2

Permissible load (maximum gross vehicle weight rating from the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occupants)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 750 lbs (340 kg) = 750 lbs

(340 kg)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 200 lbs (91 kg) = 1300 lbs

(589 kg)

Tire Labeling
Overview of Tire Labeling

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
DOT (Department of Transportation), (TIN)
Tire Identification Number
Maximum tire load
Maximum tire pressure
Manufacturer
Characteristics of the tire
Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating and load index
Tire name

The data shown in the illustration is example data.

Tire Quality Grading
In accordance with the US Department of Transportation’s “Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards”, tire manufacturers are required to grade their tires on the basis of the following three performance factors:

Treadwear grade
Traction grade
Temperature grade

The data shown in the illustration is example data. The classification is not legally stipulated for Canada, but it is generally stated.

Treadwear grade
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1\1/2\) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction grade
Risk of accident due to inadequate traction The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests.

Always adapt your driving style and drive at a speed to suit the prevailing traffic and weather conditions.

NOTE
Damage to the drivetrain from wheelspin

Avoid wheelspin.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Temperature grade
Risk of accident from tire overheating and tire failure Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause excessive heat build-up and possible tire failure.

Observe the recommended tire pressure.
Regularly check the pressure of all the tires.
Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds to a level of performance that all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)
US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manufacturer or retreated must imprint a TIN in or on the side wall of each tire produced.

The data shown in the image is example data.

The TIN is a unique identification number to identify tires and comprises the following:

DOT (Department of Transportation): tire symbol marks 1 indicating that the tire complies with the requirements of the US Department of Transportation.
Manufacturer identification code: manufacturer identification code 2 contains details of the tire manufacturer. New tires have a code with two symbols. Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols. Further information on retreaded tires.
Tire size: identifier 3 describes the tire size.
Tire type code: tire type code 4 can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire.
Manufacturing date: manufacturing date 5 provides information about the age of a tire. The 1st and 2nd positions represent the calendar week and the 3rd and 4th positions state the year of manufacture (e.g. “3208” represents the 32nd week of 2008).

Information on the Maximum Tire Load

The data shown in the illustration is example data. Maximum tire load 1 is the maximum permissible weight for which the tire is approved. Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit. The maximum permissible load can be found on the vehicle’s tire and loading information placard on the B-pillar on the driver’s side.

Specifications for Maximum Tire Pressure

The data shown in the illustration is example data. Never exceed the maximum tire pressure 1 specified for the tire. Always observe the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure.

Information on Tire Characteristics

The data shown in the image is example data. This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in side wall 1 and under tire tread 2. Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating and load index

WARNING
Risk of injury through exceeding the specified tire load-bearing capacity or the permissible speed rating Exceeding the specified tire load rating or the permissible speed rating may lead to tire damage and to the tires bursting.

Therefore, only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model.
Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle.

First letter(s)
Nominal tire width in millimetres
Aspect ratio in %
Tire code
Rim diameter
Load-bearing index
Speed rating
Load Index

The data shown in the illustration is example data. Information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop.

First letter(s) 1:

Without: passenger vehicle tires according to European manufacturing standards.
“P”: passenger vehicle tires according to US manufacturing standards.
“LT”: light truck tires according to US manufacturing standards.
“T”: compact emergency spare wheels with high tire pressure that are only designed for temporary use in an emergency.

Aspect ratio 3:
The ratio between tire height and tire width is per cent (tire height divided by tire width).

Tire code 4 (tire type):

“R”: radial tire
“D”: bias ply tire
“B”: bias radial tires
“ZR”: radial tire with a maximum speed above

Rim diameter 5:
The diameter of the bead seat (not the diameter of the rim flange). The rim diameter is specified in inches (in).

Load-bearing index 6:
Numerical code that specifies the maximum load-bearing capacity of a tire (e.g. “91” corresponds to 1,356 lbs (615 kg)). The load-bearing capacity of the tire must be at least half the gross axle weight rating of your vehicle. Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit.

See also:

Maximum permissible load on the tire and loading information placard
Maximum tire load
Load Index

Speed rating 7:
Specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire. An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding 130 mph (210 km/h).
Make sure that your tires have the required speed rating. You can obtain information on the required speed rating from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Service Center.

Summer tires

Index	Speed rating
Q	up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
R	up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
S	up to 112 mph (180 km/h)
T	up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
H	up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
V	up to 149 mph (240 km/h)
W	up to 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y	up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

Index	Speed rating
ZR…Y¹	up to 186 mph (300 km/h)
ZR…(..Y)¹	over 186 mph (300 km/h)
ZR¹	over 149 mph (240 km/h)

Specifying the speed rating as the “ZR” index in tire code 4 is optional for tires up to 186 mph (300 km/h).
If your tire code 4 includes “ZR” and there is no speed rating 7, find out what the maximum speed is from the tire manufacturer.
If load-bearing index 6 and speed rating 7 are in brackets, the maximum speed rating of your tire is above 186 mph (300 km/h). To find out the maximum speed, ask the tire manufacturer.

All-weather tires and winter tires

Index	Speed rating
Q M+S²	up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
T M+S²	up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
H M+S²	up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
V M+S²	up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

Winter tires bear the snowflake symbol and fulfil the requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA) and the Rubber Association of Canada (RAC) regarding tire traction on snow.

Load index 8

No specification given: standard load (SL) tire
“XL” or “Extra Load”: extra load tire or reinforced tire
“Light Load”: light load tire
R “C”, “D”, “E”: a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure

FAQ

What is the cargo capacity of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The sedan has a cargo capacity of 13.1 cubic feet.

Does the vehicle feature a hands-free trunk opening system?

This specific detail isn’t provided in the sources, but higher-end Mercedes-Benz models often include hands-free or automatic trunk opening features.

Can the rear seats be folded down to increase cargo space?

Information about foldable rear seats is not explicitly stated, but it’s a common feature in sedans for added cargo flexibility.

Is there a roof rack or carrier option available for additional loading capacity?

Roof racks or carriers are typically available as optional accessories, but specific availability for the 2023 model should be confirmed with a dealership.

What are the trunk dimensions?

Exact trunk dimensions are not provided, but the overall cargo capacity is 13.1 cubic feet.

Are there any integrated loading aids in the trunk, like hooks or nets?

Luxury vehicles like the E-Class often come with hooks or nets in the trunk, but specific details should be checked with a dealer.

Is there a ski hatch or pass-through for longer items?

While not specified, many luxury sedans offer a ski hatch or pass-through as standard or optional features.

How wide is the trunk opening, making it easier or harder to load large items?

The specific width of the trunk opening is not detailed, but it’s designed to accommodate standard luggage and golf bags.

Does the vehicle have an automatic levelling system to accommodate heavy loading?

While not specified for the 2023 E-Class Sedan, some Mercedes-Benz models do feature automatic levelling systems.

Is there a limit to the roof loading capacity?

Roof loading limits are typically specified in the owner’s manual, and it’s important to adhere to these for safety.

Are there any special features in the vehicle to secure cargo during transport?

Specific cargo securing features are not detailed, but typically, luxury sedans have tie-down points and may offer cargo nets or dividers.

Does the car feature a power-operated trunk lid for easy closing when hands are full?

This feature is common in luxury sedans, but confirmation for the 2023 E-Class should be obtained from a dealer.

How does loading cargo affect the vehicle’s driving dynamics?

Like all vehicles, loading cargo, especially if heavy or unevenly distributed, can affect handling and performance. The E-Class is designed to handle typical cargo loads efficiently.

Are there any accessories available to enhance cargo loading and carrying capability?

Mercedes-Benz usually offers a range of accessories like cargo organizers, boxes, and carriers.

Is the loading floor adjustable or does it have a variable height for easier loading?

This detail is not specified, but luxury cars often have some adjustability for ease of loading.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Definition and Loading Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Definition of Terms

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan blends cutting-edge technology features with a sophisticated design to create the pinnacle of luxury and performance. It has an inline-4 2.0L turbocharged engine that produces 255 horsepower and 273 lb-ft of torque. A 9G-TRONIC 9-speed automatic transmission is mated to this engine. In addition to a roomy and comfortable cabin that can accommodate five people, this vehicle has a 13.1 cubic foot trunk capacity. In just 6.1 seconds, it can accelerate from 0 to 60 miles per hour with remarkable speed, and it gets 23 city and 31 highway mpg of fuel efficiency. The exterior of the automobile is distinguished by its sophisticated design, all-LED lighting, and 18-inch wheels, while the interior is equipped with safety measures like Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call Service and automobile-to-X Communication, guaranteeing both security and luxury.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Definition of Terms for Tires and Loading

Tire structure and characteristics describe the number of layers or the number of rubber-coated belts in the tire contact surface and the tire wall. These are made of steel, nylon, polyester, and other materials.
Bar: metric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 pounds per square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascal (kPa) is the equivalent of one bar.
DOT (Department of Transportation): DOT-marked tires fulfil the requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
The average weight of the vehicle occupants: the number of vehicle occupants for which the vehicle is designed, multiplied by 150 lb (68 kg).
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards: a uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regard to tread quality, tire traction and temperature characteristics. The quality grading assessment is made by the manufacturer following specifications from the U.S. government. The quality grade of a tire is printed on the side wall of the tire.
Recommended tire pressure: the recommended tire pressure is the tire pressure specified for the tires mounted on the vehicle at the factory. The tire and information placard contains the recommended tire pressure for cold tires, the maximum permissible load and the maximum permissible vehicle speed. The tire pressure table contains the recommended tire pressure for cold tires under various operating conditions, i.e. loading and/or speed of the vehicle.
Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment: the combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle, regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not. Rim: the part of the wheel on which the tire is installed.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating): the GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating. The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating. The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B‑pillar on the driver’s side.
Speed rating: the speed rating is part of the tire identification. It specifies the speed range for which a tire is approved.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight): the gross vehicle weight comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel, tools, the spare wheel, any accessories installed, occupants, luggage and the trailer nose-weight, if applicable. The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B‑pillar on the driver’s side.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating): the GVWR is the maximum permitted gross weight of the fully laden vehicle (weight of the vehicle including all accessories, occupants, fuel, luggage and the trailer drawbar nose weight if applicable). The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B‑pillar on the driver’s side.
Maximum weight of the laden vehicle: the maximum weight is the sum of the curb weight of the vehicle, the weight of the accessories, the maximum load and the weight of optional equipment installed at the factory.
Kilopascal (kPa): metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corresponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressure is a bar. 100 kilopascal (kPa) equals 1 bar.
Load index: in addition to the load-bearing index, the load index may also be printed on the side wall of the tire. This specifies the load-bearing capacity of the tire more precisely.
Curb weight: the weight of a vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant. It also includes the air conditioning system and optional equipment if these are installed on the vehicle, but does not include passengers or luggage.
Maximum tire load: the maximum tire load is the maximum permissible weight in kilograms or lbs for which a tire is approved.
Maximum permissible tire pressure: maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire.
Maximum load on one tire: maximum load on one tire. This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two.
PSI (pounds per square inch): standard unit of measurement for tire pressure.
Aspect ratio: the ratio between tire height and tire width in per cent.
Tire pressure: the pressure inside the tire which applies an outward force to every square inch of the tire. The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch (psi), in kilopascals (kPa) or in bars. The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold.
Cold tire pressure: the tires are cold when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours without direct sunlight on the tires or the vehicle has been driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Tire contact surface: the part of the tire that comes into contact with the road.
Tire bead: the purpose of the tire bead is to ensure that the tire sits securely on the wheel rim. There are several wire cores in the tire bead to prevent the tire from changing length on the wheel rim.
Sidewall: the part of the tire between the tread and the tire bead.
Weight of optional equipment: the combined weight of the optional equipment weighs more than the replaced standard parts and is more than 5 lbs (2.3 kg). This optional equipment, such as high-performance brakes, a level control system, a roof luggage rack or high-performance batteries, is not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accessories.
TIN (Tire Identification Number): a unique identification number that can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires, for example, in a product recall, and thus identify the purchasers. The TIN is made up of the manufacturer’s identity code, tire size, tire type code and manufacturing date.
Load-bearing index: the load-bearing index is a code that contains the maximum load-bearing capacity of a tire.
Traction: traction is the grip resulting from friction between the tires and the road surface.
Wear indicator: narrow bars (tread wear bars) that are distributed over the tire contact surface. If the tire tread is level with the bars, the wear limit of 1/16 in (1.6 mm) has been reached.
Distribution of vehicle occupants: distribution of vehicle occupants over designated seat positions in a vehicle.
Maximum permissible payload weight: nominal load and luggage load plus 150 lb (68 kg) multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle.

FAQ

What is the engine specification of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It has a 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine with 255 hp and 273 lb-ft torque.

What is the fuel economy of this model?

The car offers 23 mpg in the city and 31 mpg on the highway.

What type of transmission does it have?

The vehicle features a 9G-TRONIC 9-speed automatic transmission.

How fast can the E-Class Sedan accelerate from 0-60 mph?

It can accelerate from 0-60 mph in 6.1 seconds.

What are the key performance features?

Key performance features include the ECO Start/Stop system, DYNAMIC SELECT, and a 4-wheel multilink suspension.

Can you describe the exterior design?

The exterior design features all-LED lighting, a power tilt/sliding tinted glass sunroof, and 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels. Optional features like a panorama roof and various wheel designs are also available.

What safety features are included?

Safety features include Car-to-X Communication, Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call Service, Active Brake Assist, and ATTENTION ASSIST, among others.

What is the interior capacity?

The sedan seats five passengers comfortably and offers a cargo capacity of 13.1 cubic feet.

What are the interior dimensions?

The front headroom is 37.3 inches, the legroom is 41.7 inches and the shoulder room is 57.8 inches. In the rear, headroom is 37.6 inches, legroom is 36.2 inches and shoulder room is 57.1 inches.

What is the car’s curb weight?

The curb weight of the E-Class Sedan is 3,781 lbs.

What are the exterior dimensions of the car?

The overall length is 194.3 inches, the height is 57.8 inches, and the width with mirrors is 81.3 inches.

What type of wheels and tires does it have?

It comes with 18-inch twin 5-spoke wheels and 245/45R18 all-season Extended Mobility tires.

What is the fuel capacity?

The fuel capacity of the vehicle is 17.4 gallons.

What type of suspension system is used?

The E-Class Sedan uses a 4-wheel independent suspension with a 4-link front and 5-arm multilink rear.

What are some of the optional features available?

Optional features include AIR BODY CONTROL, a sports brake system, and various design elements like different wheel designs and wood trim options.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Changing a Wheel Quick Guide

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Changing Wheel

On the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan, changing a wheel necessitates taking certain measures to protect the integrity of the car and assure safety. With sophisticated features and systems, it’s essential to use the right instruments and adhere to the manufacturer’s instructions. Usually, the procedure is replacing the wheel, removing the lug nuts using a lug wrench, and carefully raising the car with a jack at the approved lift locations. The type of tires utilized, especially run-flat tires, which could need to be replaced by a specialist, needs special care. Furthermore, if you’re using a spare tire, be sure the replacement wheel has the proper tire pressure and follow any speed restrictions. This process emphasizes how crucial it is to recognize and appreciate the sophisticated character of contemporary luxury cars, such as the E-Class Sedan, when doing maintenance.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Changing a Wheel

Notes on selecting, installing, and replacing tires
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to incorrect wheel and tire dimensions. If wheels and tires of the wrong size are installed, the service brakes or components in the brake system and in the wheel suspension may be damaged.

Always replace wheels and tires with ones that fulfil the specifications of the original part.

For wheels, pay attention to the following:

Designation
Type

For tires, pay attention to the following:

Designation
Manufacturer
Type

Therefore, only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model.
Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle.

NOTE
Vehicle and tire damage caused by non-approved tire types and sizes.
For safety reasons, only use tires, wheels and accessories which have been specially approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle.

These tires are specially adapted to active safety systems, such as ABS, ESP® and 4MATIC, and are marked as follows:

MO = Mercedes-Benz Original
MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended (run-flat tires only for certain wheels)
MO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only certain AMG tires)

Otherwise, certain properties, such as handling characteristics, vehicle noise emissions, consumption, etc. could be adversely affected. Furthermore, other tire sizes could result in the tires rubbing against the body and axle components when loaded. This could result in damage to the tire or the vehicle. Only use tires, wheels and accessories that have been checked and recommended by Mercedes-Benz.

NOTE Risk to driving safety from retreaded tires

Retreaded tires are neither tested nor recommended by Mercedes-Benz since previous damage cannot always be detected on retreaded tires.
For this reason, driving safety cannot be guaranteed.

Do not use used tires if you have no information about their previous usage.

NOTE
Possible wheel and tire damage when driving over obstacles
Large wheels have a smaller section width. As the section width decreases, the risk of wheels and tires being damaged when driving over obstacles increases.

Avoid obstacles or drive especially carefully.
Reduce your speed when driving over curbs, speed bumps, manhole covers and potholes.
Avoid particularly high curbs.

NOTE
Possible wheel and tire damage when parking on curbs or in potholes

Parking on curbs or in potholes can damage the wheels and tires.

Only park on as level a surface as possible.
Avoid curbs and potholes when parking.

NOTE
Damage to electronic parts due to the use of tire-installing tools Vehicles with tire pressure monitoring system: There are electronic parts in the wheel. If tire-installing tools are positioned in the area of the valve, the electronic components could be damaged.

Tire-installing tools should not be applied in the area of the valve.
Always have tires changed at a qualified specialist workshop.

NOTE
Damage to summer tires at low ambient temperatures At low ambient temperatures, tears could form when driving with summer tires, causing permanent damage to the tires.

At temperatures below 45°F (7°C) use i M+S tires.

Accessory parts which are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which are not used correctly, can impair the operating safety.
Before purchasing and using non-approved accessories, visit a qualified specialist workshop and inquire about:

Suitability
Legal stipulations
Factory recommendations

WARNING
Risk of an accident with high-performance tires. The special tire tread in combination with the optimized tire compound means that the risk of skidding and hydroplaning on wet roads is increased. In addition, the tire grip is greatly reduced at a low outside temperature and tire running temperature.

Switch on the ESP® and adapt your driving style accordingly.
Use i M+S tires at outside temperatures of less than 50°F (10°C).
Only use the tires for their intended purpose.

Observe the following when selecting, installing, and replacing tires:

Furthermore, the use of certain tire types in certain regions and areas of operation can be highly beneficial.
Only use tires and wheels of the same type (summer tires, winter tires, MOExtended tires) and the same make.
Only install wheels of the same size (left and right) on each axle.
It is only permissible to install a different wheel size in the event of a flat tire to drive to the specialist workshop.
Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: all installed wheels must be equipped with functioning sensors for the tire pressure monitoring system.
At temperatures below 45°F (7°C) use winter tires or all-season tires marked i M+S for all wheels.
Winter tires provide the best possible grip in wintry road conditions.
For M+S tires, only use tires with the same tread.
Observe the maximum permissible speed for the M+S tire which is installed.
If the tire’s maximum speed is below that of the vehicle, this must be indicated by an appropriate label in the driver’s field of vision.
Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the
first 60 miles (100 km).
Replace the tires after six years at the latest,
regardless of wear.
When replacing with tires that do not feature run-flat characteristics: vehicles with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory. Equip the vehicle with a TIREFIT kit after replacing it with tires that do not feature run-flat characteristics, e.g. winter tires.

For more information on wheels and tires, contact a qualified specialist workshop.

Be sure to also observe the following further related subjects:

Notes on tire pressure
Tire and loading information placard
Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating and load index
Tire pressure table
Notes on the emergency spare wheel

Notes on rotating wheels

WARNING
Risk of injury through different wheel sizes, Rotating the front and rear wheels can severely impair the driving characteristics.
The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged.

Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions.

Observe the instructions and safety notes on “Changing a wheel”

The wear patterns on the front and rear wheels differ:

Front wheels wear more on the tire shoulder
The rear wheels wear more in the centre of the tire

Do not drive with tires that have too little tread depth. This significantly reduces traction on wet roads (hydroplaning). On vehicles that have the same size front and rear wheels, rotate the wheels according to the intervals in the tire manufacturer’s warranty book in your vehicle documents. If this is not available, rotate the tires every 3,000 to 6,000 miles (5,000 to 10,000 km), depending on the wear. Ensure that the direction of rotation is maintained.

Notes on storing wheels
When storing wheels, observe the following notes: R After removing wheels, store them in a cool, dry and preferably dark place.

Protect the tires from contact with oil, grease or fuel.

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

Apart from some country-specific variants, vehicles are not equipped with a tire-change tool kit. Consult a qualified specialist workshop to find out which wheel change tools are necessary and approved for changing the wheel on your vehicle.

You require the following tools, for example, to change a wheel:

Jack
Chock
Lug wrench
Alignment bolt

The tire-change tool kit is located under the trunk floor.

Depending on the model, the tire change tool kit may be located at other positions under the trunk floor.

Jack
Lug wrench
Alignment bolt
Folding chock
Ratchet for jack

Preparing the vehicle for a wheel change

Requirements

The vehicle is not on a slope.
The vehicle is on solid, non-slippery and level ground.
The required tire-change tool kit is available.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire change tool kit, consult a qualified specialist workshop to find out about suitable tools.

Apply the electric parking brake manually.
Move the front wheels to the straight-ahead position.
Shift the transmission to position j.
Vehicles with a level control system: Set the normal vehicle level .
Switch off the vehicle.
Make sure that the vehicle cannot be started.
Place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change.
If necessary, remove the wheel trim/hub caps.
Raise the vehicle.

Removing and installing the wheel trim/hub caps

Requirements

The vehicle is prepared for a wheel change.

Plastic hub cap To remove:

Turn the centre cover of the hub cap counterclockwise and remove the hub cap.

To install:

Make sure that the centre cover of the hub cap is turned counter-clockwise.
Position the hub cap and turn the centre cover clockwise until the hub cap engages physically and audibly.

Aluminum hub cap

To remove:

Position socket 2 from the tire-change tool kit on hub cap 1.
Position wheel wrench 3 on socket 2.
Using wheel wrench 3, turn hub cap 1
counter-clockwise and remove it.

To install:

Follow the instructions above in reverse order.
Specified tightening torque: 18 lb-ft (25 Nm).

Raising the vehicle when changing a wheel

There are no persons in the vehicle.
The vehicle has been prepared for a wheel change.
The wheel trims and hub caps have been removed.

Important notes on using the jack:

Use only a vehicle-specific jack that has been approved by Mercedes-Benz to raise the vehicle.
The jack is only designed for raising and holding the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed and not for maintenance work under the vehicle.
The jack must be placed on a firm, flat and non-slip surface. If necessary, use a large, flat, load-bearing, non-slip underlay.
The foot of the jack must be positioned vertically under the jack support point.

Rules of conduct when the vehicle is raised:

Never place your hands or feet under the vehicle.
Never lie under the vehicle.
Do not start the vehicle and do not release the electric parking brake.
Do not open or close any doors or the trunk lid.

Using the lug wrench, loosen the wheel bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn. Do not unscrew the screws completely.

Position of the jack support points

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of injury from incorrect positioning of the jack If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle, the jack could tip with the vehicle raised.

Only position the jack at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle. The base of the jack must be positioned vertically under the jacking point of the vehicle.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to the jack If you do not position the jack at the jack support points provided for this purpose, you could damage your vehicle

Only position the jack at the jack support points provided for this purpose.
Take the ratchet out of the tire-change tool kit and place it on the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters “AUF” are visible.

Position support 2 of jack 4 on jack support point 1.
Turn ratchet 3 clockwise until support 2 sits completely on jack support point 1 and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground.
Turn ratchet 3 until the tire is raised a maximum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground.
Loosen and remove the wheel.

Removing a wheel

The vehicle is raised.
NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles
Observe the notes in the Supplement.

You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers. When changing a wheel, avoid applying any force to the brake disks, as this could impair the level of comfort when braking.

NOTE
Damage to the wheels’ plastic elements when changing a wheel Plastic elements on wheels may be damaged when removing and repositioning the wheel.

Do not raise the wheels by the plastic elements when removing and repositioning.

NOTE
Damage to threading from dirt on wheel bolts

Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface.
Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt completely.

Screw alignment bolt 1 into the thread instead of the wheel bolt.
Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts completely.
Remove the wheel.

Installing a new wheel

Requirements

The wheel to be changed is removed and the alignment bolt is screwed in.

NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

WARNING
Risk of accident from losing a wheel Oiled, greased or damaged wheel bolt/wheel nut threads or wheel hub/wheel mounting bolt threads can cause the wheel bolts/wheel nuts to come loose.

Never oil or grease the threads.
In the event of damage to the threads, contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Have the damaged wheel bolts or damaged hub threads replaced.
Do not continue driving.
Observe the information on the choice of tires.

For tires with a specified direction of rotation, an arrow on the side wall of the tire indicates the correct direction of rotation. Observe the direction of rotation when installing.

NOTE
Damage to the wheels’ plastic elements when changing a wheel Plastic elements on wheels may be damaged when removing and repositioning the wheel.

Do not raise the wheels by the plastic elements when removing and repositioning.
Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the alignment bolt and push it on.

WARNING
Risk of injury from tightening wheel bolts and nuts If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised, the jack could tip.

Only tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground.
Be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on “Changing a wheel”.
For safety reasons, only use wheel bolts which have been approved by Mercedes-Benz and for the wheel in question.
NOTE Damage to the paintwork of the wheel rim when screwing in the first wheel bolt

If the wheel has too much play when screwing in the first wheel bolt, the wheel rim paint can be damaged.

Press the wheel firmly against the wheel hub when screwing in the first wheel bolt.
Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal pattern in the order indicated until they are finger-tight.
Unscrew and remove the alignment bolt. # Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger-tight.
Lower the vehicle.

Lowering the vehicle after a wheel change

Requirements

The new wheel has been installed.
To lower the vehicle: place the ratchet onto the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters “AB” are visible and turn counter-clockwise.

Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with an initial maximum force of 59 lb-ft (80 Nm).
Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with the specified tightening torque of 111 lb-ft (150 Nm).

WARNING
Risk of accident due to incorrect tightening of torque The wheels could come loose if the wheel bolts or wheel nuts are not tightened to the prescribed torque.

Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel nuts are tightened to the prescribed tightening torque.
If you are not sure, do not move the vehicle. Contact a qualified specialist work-shop and have the tightening torque checked immediately.
Check the tire pressure of the newly installed wheel and adjust it if necessary.
The following does not apply if the new wheel is an emergency spare wheel.
Vehicles with a tire pressure loss warning system: restart the tire pressure loss warning system.
Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system: restart the tire pressure monitoring system.

FAQ

Can I change a wheel on the 2023 E-Class Sedan by myself?

Yes, you can change a wheel yourself if you have the necessary tools and follow the proper safety procedures.

What tools are needed to change a wheel on the E-Class Sedan?

You’ll need a jack, a lug wrench, and potentially a locking wheel bolt adaptor if your car has locking bolts.

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan come with these tools?

The vehicle typically includes a jack and a lug wrench, but it’s always good to check your specific model.

How do I safely lift the car with a jack?

Place the jack under the designated lift point near the wheel you are changing, ensuring the car is on a level surface and the parking brake is engaged.

What is the correct order for loosening and tightening lug nuts?

Loosen and tighten the lug nuts in a crisscross pattern to ensure even pressure on the wheel.

How tight should the lug nuts be?

Lug nuts should be tightened to the manufacturer’s specified torque, usually found in the owner’s manual.

What should I do with the flat tire after changing it?

Store the flat tire in your vehicle’s trunk or cargo area and take it to a tire shop for repair or replacement.

Can I use any wheel as a spare for the E-Class Sedan?

It’s essential to use a spare wheel that matches the vehicle’s specifications for size and weight capacity.

Is there a speed limit when driving on a spare wheel?

Yes, typically you should not exceed 50 mph on a spare wheel, especially if it’s a compact spare.

How long can I drive on a spare wheel?

Avoid driving long distances on a spare wheel; it’s intended to get you to a tire shop for repair.

Do I need to balance the wheel after changing it?

Balancing is not required immediately, but it’s advisable to have the wheel balanced during the tire repair or replacement.

What are the risks of changing a wheel on the roadside?

There are safety risks, including traffic hazards. Always position the car away from traffic and use hazard lights.

Should I check the tire pressure of the spare wheel?

Yes, ensure the spare wheel is inflated to the recommended tire pressure before using it.

How do I dispose of or recycle an old tire?

Old tires should be taken to a tire shop or recycling centre for proper disposal or recycling.

Can I replace a run-flat tire by myself?

Replacing a run-flat tire requires specific tools and skills, so it’s best done by a professional.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Tow Starting or Away Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Tow Starting

With its cutting-edge engineering and complex technologies, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan is not the best vehicle to start a tow or be towed in the traditional sense. The car has sophisticated technological systems and an automated transmission, which could be harmed by towing. It’s important to follow the manufacturer’s instructions if the E-Class Sedan needs to be relocated without the engine running, like in the event of a breakdown or battery failure. When utilizing a flatbed tow service, Mercedes-Benz usually advises against damaging the drivetrain, gearbox, or electrical components. This method complies with the exacting standards of upkeep and care that a high-end car like as the E-Class Sedan requires while guaranteeing the safety and integrity of the car’s intricate parts.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Tow Starting or Towing Away

Permitted towing methods (not plug-in hybrid)
Damage from automatic braking

If one of the following functions is activated, the vehicle will brake automatically in certain situations:

Active Brake Assist
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
HOLD function
Active Parking Assist

To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate these systems in the following or similar situations:

During towing.
In a car wash.

Mercedes-Benz recommends transporting your vehicle in the case of a breakdown, rather than towing it away. For towing with both axles on the ground, use a tow rope or tow rod. Do not use tow bar systems.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to towing away incorrectly

Observe the instructions and notes on towing away.

Vehicles with rear-wheel drive

Permitted towing methods
Both axles on the ground	Yes, for a maximum of 31 miles (50 km) at 31 mph (50 km/h)
Front axle raised	No
Rear axle raised	Yes, if the steering wheel is fixed in the centre position with a steering wheel lock

MATIC vehicles

Permitted towing methods
Both axles on the ground	Yes, for a maximum of 31 miles (50 km) at 31 mph (50 km/h)
Front axle raised	No
Rear axle raised	No

Towing with a raised axle: towing should be performed by a towing company.

Towing the vehicle with both axles on the ground:

Observe the notes on the permitted towing methods.
Make sure that the battery is connected and charged.

Observe the following points when the battery is discharged:

The vehicle cannot be started.
The electric parking brake cannot be released or applied
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the transmission cannot be shifted to position i or j.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: if the transmission cannot be shifted to position or if the display does not show anything, transport the vehicle. A towing vehicle with lifting equipment is required for vehicle transportation.

NOTE
Damage due to towing away at excessively high speeds or over long distances The drivetrain could be damaged when towing at excessively high speeds or over long distances.

A towing speed of 30 mph (50 km/h) must not be exceeded.
A towing distance of 30 miles (50 km) must not be exceeded.

WARNING
Risk of an accident when towing a vehicle that is too heavy.

If the vehicle to be tow-started or towed away is heavier than the permissible gross mass of your vehicle, the following situations can occur:

The towing eye may become detached.
The vehicle/trailer combination may swerve or rollover.
Before tow-starting or towing away, check if the vehicle to be tow-started or towed away exceeds the permissible gross mass.

If a vehicle has to be tow-started or towed away, its permissible gross mass must not exceed the permissible gross mass of the towing vehicle.

Information on the permissible gross mass of the vehicle can be found on the vehicle identification plate.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: do not open the driver’s door or front passenger door; the transmission otherwise automatically shifts to position j.
Install the towing eye.
Fasten the towing device.

NOTE
Damage due to incorrect connection of the tow bar.

Only connect the tow rope or tow bar to the towing eyes.
Deactivate the automatic locking mechanism
Do not activate the HOLD function.
Deactivate the tow-away alarm.
Deactivate Active Brake Assist.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift to the position.
Release the electric parking brake.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to limited safety-related functions during the towing process

Safety-related functions are limited or no longer available in the following situations:

The vehicle is switched off.
The brake system or power steering system is malfunctioning.
The energy supply or the onboard electrical system is malfunctioning.

When your vehicle is towed away, significantly more effort may be required to steer and brake than is normally required.

Use a tow bar.
Make sure that the steering wheel can move freely before towing the vehicle away.

NOTE
Damage due to excessive tractive power If you pull away sharply, the tractive power may be too high and the vehicles could be damaged.

Pull away slowly and smoothly.

Loading the Vehicle for Transport

Observe the notes on towing away.
Connect the towing device to the towing eye to load the vehicle.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift the automatic transmission to the position.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the automatic transmission may be locked in position j in the event of damage to the electrical system. To shift to i, provide the on-board electrical system with power.
Load the vehicle onto the transporter.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift the automatic transmission to position.
Use the electric parking brake to secure the vehicle against rolling away.
Only secure the vehicle by the wheels. Vehicles with ADS PLUS (Adaptive Damping System PLUS)

WARNING
Risk of an accident when transporting vehicles with Adaptive Damping System PLUS When transporting vehicles with Adaptive Damping System PLUS, the vehicle/trailer combination may begin to rock and start to skid.

Load the vehicle correctly onto the transporter.
Secure the vehicle on all four wheels with suitable tensioning straps.
Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 35 mph (60 km/h) when transporting.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle from securing it incorrectly

After loading, the vehicle must be secured on all four wheels. Otherwise, the vehicle could be damaged.
A minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) upwards and 4 in (10 cm) downwards must be kept to the transport platform.
Secure the vehicle on all four wheels after
loading.

4MATIC vehicles/vehicles with automatic transmission

Make sure that the front and rear axles come to rest on the same transportation vehicle.

NOTE
Damage to the drive train due to incorrect positioning of the vehicle

Do not position the vehicle above the connection point of the transport vehicle.

Towing eye storage location
The towing eye is located under the trunk floor.% Depending on the vehicle version, the towing eye is in a different position in the boot.

Installing and removing the towing eye

Press the mark on cover 1 inwards and remove.
Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as it will go and tighten.
After removing the towing eye, snap cover 1 into the bumper.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to incorrect use of the towing eye When recovering the vehicle by towing it out using the towing eye, the vehicle may be damaged.

Use the towing eye only for towing or unhooking the vehicle.
Do not use the towing eye for towing out during recovery.

Tow-starting the vehicle
Vehicles with automatic transmission

NOTE
Damage to the automatic transmission due to tow starting

The automatic transmission may be damaged in the process of tow-starting vehicles with automatic transmissions.

Vehicles with automatic transmissions must not be tow-started.

FAQ

Can the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan be towed?

No, tow starting is not recommended due to the automatic transmission and complex electronic systems.

What is the recommended method for towing the E-Class Sedan?

The recommended method is to use a flatbed tow truck to prevent damage to the vehicle.

Can the E-Class Sedan be towed with its front wheels on the ground?

Towing with the front wheels on the ground is not advised as it can damage the transmission and drivetrain.

What precautions should be taken before towing the E-Class Sedan?

Engage the parking brake, put the car in neutral, and ensure all electronic systems are turned off.

Is it safe to tow the E-Class Sedan over long distances?

For long distances, it’s safest to use a flatbed tow truck.

How does towing affect the vehicle’s warranty?

Improper towing can void certain aspects of the warranty, especially if it leads to mechanical damage.

Can I tow a trailer with the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It depends on the specific model and its towing capacity. Consult the owner’s manual for guidelines.

What should I do if the E-Class Sedan breaks down and needs towing?

Contact a professional towing service and inform them that the vehicle requires flatbed towing.

Are there any special tow hooks or points on the E-Class Sedan?

The vehicle is equipped with designated towing points, which should be used for towing to prevent damage.

Can the E-Class Sedan be towed in a parking position?

No, towing in a parking position can damage the transmission. The vehicle should be in neutral during towing.

How does the electronic parking brake affect towing?

The electronic parking brake must be disengaged before towing to prevent damage.

What is the maximum towing speed for the E-Class Sedan?

If towing is necessary, it should be done at low speeds, preferably not exceeding 30 mph.

How does towing impact the electronic systems of the E-Class Sedan?

Towing, especially if not done properly, can adversely affect the vehicle’s electronic systems.

Is there a specific towing service recommended by Mercedes-Benz?

Mercedes-Benz may recommend specific towing services or providers; it’s best to check with a local dealer.

Can the car be towed if it has a flat tire?

Towing with a flat tire should be done with caution and preferably on a flatbed to avoid further damage.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Battery Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Battery

A complex battery system powers the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s cutting-edge electronics and drivetrain. Depending on the model, the E-Class can have a 48-volt mild hybrid system, which improves fuel economy and adds extra power for the vehicle’s electrical systems, or a more sophisticated design with a standard 12-volt battery. When available, this hybrid technology provides better overall performance, smoother start-stop functionality, and increased fuel efficiency. The battery is positioned to distribute weight as efficiently as possible, which helps the car handle and ride smoothly. In order to guarantee the lifetime and dependability of the car’s electrical systems, regular maintenance and proper battery care are crucial, representing Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to innovation and quality in automotive engineering.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Battery (Vehicle)

Notes on the 12 V battery

WARNING
Risk of an accident due to work carried out incorrectly on the battery.
Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can, for example, lead to a short circuit. This can restrict functions relevant to safety systems and impair the operating safety of your vehicle.

You could lose control of the vehicle in the following situations in particular:

When braking
In the event of abrupt steering manoeuvres and/or when the vehicle’s speed is not adapted to the road conditions
- In the event of a short circuit or a similar incident, contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
- Do not drive on.
- Always have work on the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.
Further information on ABS
Further information on ESP®

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use only batteries that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.
All vehicles except vehicles with a lithium-ion battery.

WARNING
Risk of explosion due to electrostatic charge that may have built up, touching the metal vehicle body before handling the battery. The highly flammable gas mixture is created while the battery is charging and during starting assistance.

WARNING
The danger of chemical burns from battery acid

Battery acid is caustic:

Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing.
Do not lean over the battery.
Do not inhale battery gases.
Keep children away from the battery.
Immediately rinse battery acid off thoroughly with plenty of clean water and seek medical attention immediately.

All vehicles
ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental damage due to improper disposal of batteries

Batteries contain pollutants. It is illegal to dispose of them with household rubbish.
Dispose of batteries in an environmentally responsible manner.
Take discharged batteries to a qualified specialist workshop or to a collection point for used batteries.
If you have to disconnect the 12 V battery, contact a qualified specialist workshop.
Comply with safety notes and take protective measures when handling batteries.
Risk of explosion if the 12 V battery is used improperly.
Fire, naked flames, and smoking are prohibited when you are handling the battery. Avoid creating sparks.
Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Wear suitable protective clothing, in particular gloves, an apron, and a face mask.
Immediately rinse electrolyte or acid splashes off with clean water. Consult a doctor immediately.
Do not place heavy objects on the surface of the battery or use the battery to support a person in any way.
Wear safety glasses.
Keep children away.
Observe this Operator’s Manual.

Observe the following if you do not intend to use the vehicle over an extended period:

Non-plug-in hybrid: switch to standby mode.
Alternatively: connect the battery to a battery charger approved by Mercedes-Benz or consult a qualified specialist workshop to disconnect the battery.

Notes on starting assistance and charging the 12 V battery

All vehicles
When charging the battery and during starting assistance, always use the jump-start connection point in the engine compartment.

NOTE
Damage to the battery due to overvoltage

WARNING
Risk of explosion due to the ignition of hydrogen gas If there is a short circuit or sparks are created, there is a danger of hydrogen gas igniting when you charge the battery.

Make sure that the POSITIVE terminal of the connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts.
Never place metal objects or tools on a battery.
When connecting and disconnecting the battery, always observe the sequence of battery terminals described.
During starting assistance, always take care to connect only battery terminals of identical polarity.
During starting assistance, observe the sequence described for connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables.
Do not connect or disconnect the battery terminals with the engine running.

WARNING
Risk of explosion due to a mixture of explosive gases A mixture of explosive gases can escape from the battery during charging and jump-starting.

Fire, open flames, smoking, and creating sparks must be avoided.
Make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.
Do not stand over the battery.

WARNING
Risk of explosion from a frozen battery A discharged battery may freeze at temperatures slightly above or below the freezing point. During starting assistance or battery charging, battery gas can be released.

Always allow a battery to thaw before charging it or performing starting assistance.

If the indicator/warning lamps on the instrument cluster do not light up at low temperatures, the discharged battery has likely frozen. In this case, you may neither jump-start the vehicle nor charge the battery. The service life of a battery that has been thawed may be dramatically shortened. The starting characteristics may be impaired, especially at low temperatures. It is recommended that you have a thawed battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
All vehicles

NOTE
Damage is caused by numerous or extended attempts to start the engine. Numerous or extended attempts to start the engine may damage the catalytic converter due to non-combusted fuel.

Avoid numerous and extended attempts

Observe the following points during starting assistance and when charging the battery:

Use only undamaged jumper cables/charging cables with a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps.
Non-insulated parts of the terminal clamps must not come into contact with other metal parts while the jumper cable/charging cable is connected to the battery/jump-start connection point.
The jumper cable/charging cable must not come into contact with any parts that may move when the engine is running.
Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged.
Keep away from fire and naked flames.
Do not lean over the battery.

Observe the additional following points when charging the battery:

Use only battery chargers tested and approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Read the battery charger’s operating instructions before charging the battery.

Observe the additional following points during starting assistance:

Starting assistance may be provided only using vehicles, batteries, or other jump-start devices with a nominal voltage of 12 V.
R The vehicles must not touch.
R Vehicles with gasoline engines: jump-start the vehicle only when the engine and exhaust system are cold.

Starting assistance and charging the 12 V battery:

Requirements:

The vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake.
Vehicles with automatic transmission: the transmission is in position j.
The vehicle and all electrical consumers are switched off.
The hood is open.

Example: engine compartment

Slide cover 1 of POSITIVE contact 2 on the jump-starting connection point in the direction of the arrow.
Connect POSITIVE contact 2 on your vehicle to the positive terminal of the donor battery using the jumper cable/charging cable.
Always begin with POSITIVE contact 2 on your own vehicle.
During starting assistance: start the engine of the donor vehicle and leave it running at idle speed.
Connect the negative terminal of the donor battery and ground point 3 of your own vehicle by using the jumper cable/charging cable. Begin with the donor battery.
During starting assistance: start the engine of your own vehicle.
During the charging process: start the charging process.
During starting assistance: leave the engines running for several minutes.
During starting assistance: before disconnecting the jumper cable, switch on an electrical consumer on your own vehicle, e.g. the rear window defroster or lighting.

When the starting assistance/charging process is complete, perform the following steps:

First, remove the jumper cable/charging cable from ground point 3 and the negative terminal of the donor battery, then POSITIVE contact 2 and the positive terminal of the donor battery. Begin each time with the contacts on your own vehicle.
After removing the jumper cable/charging cable, close cover 1 of POSITIVE contact 2.

Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Replacing the 12 V battery

Observe the notes on the 12 V battery.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the 12 V battery replaced at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Observe the following notes if you want to replace the battery yourself:

Always replace a faulty battery with a battery that meets the specific vehicle requirements.

The vehicle is equipped with a battery using AGM (Absorbent Glass Mat) technology or a lithium-ion battery. Full vehicle functionality is guaranteed only with an AGM battery or lithium-ion battery. For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use only batteries that have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

Carry over detachable parts, such as vent hoses, elbow fitting, or terminal covers from the battery being replaced.
Make sure that the vent hose is always connected to the original opening on the side of the battery.

Install any existing or supplied cell caps. Otherwise, gases or battery acid could escape.

R Make sure that detachable parts are reconnected in the same way.

FAQ

What type of battery is used in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It typically uses a 12-volt battery, with mild-hybrid models incorporating a 48-volt system.

Is the battery in the E-Class user-replaceable?

While technically possible, battery replacement is best done by a professional due to the complexity of modern car electronics.

How long does the battery last in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The battery life varies, but typically lasts several years depending on usage and maintenance.

Does the E-Class Sedan feature a start-stop system?

Yes, it includes a start-stop system which is supported by the battery, especially in mild-hybrid models.

Can the battery in the E-Class be charged externally?

The standard 12-volt battery cannot, but the 48-volt system in mild-hybrid models is self-charging via the vehicle’s regenerative braking system.

What are the benefits of the 48-volt mild-hybrid system?

It provides better fuel efficiency, smoother start-stop operation, and additional power for onboard electronics.

How does the battery affect the vehicle’s performance?

A well-functioning battery ensures optimal performance of electrical components and assists with the overall efficiency of the vehicle.

What are the signs of a failing battery in the E-Class?

Signs include difficulty in starting the engine, dimming headlights, and reduced performance of electrical components.

How is the battery maintained in the E-Class Sedan?

Regular checks, clean terminals, and ensuring proper charging are key to maintaining the battery.

Is there a warning system for battery health?

The vehicle’s onboard computer system will alert the driver if there are any issues with the battery.

Does cold weather affect the battery performance?

Yes, extreme cold can impact battery performance, requiring more power to start the engine.

How does the E-Class Sedan manage battery charging?

The car’s electrical system manages charging, ensuring the battery is maintained at an optimal level.

Can battery issues impact the infotainment system?

Yes, a weak or failing battery can affect the performance of the infotainment and other electronic systems.

What should be done if the battery is completely discharged?

If the battery is discharged, it will need to be recharged or jump-started; however, it’s recommended to consult with a professional.

Are there special considerations for the battery in hybrid E-Class models?

Hybrid models require specific maintenance and handling due to the complexity of the hybrid system.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Engine Compartment Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Engine Compartment

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan’s engine compartment, which houses a variety of cutting-edge powertrains designed for efficiency and performance, is a monument to the brand’s engineering skill. Offering a range of engine options from powerful four-cylinders to more powerful six-cylinder and V8 models, some with mild hybrid technology, the E-Class provides a thrilling driving experience. Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to quality and precision is also evident in this well-designed compartment, which has parts thoughtfully placed for maximum performance and simplicity of maintenance. The efficient insulation reduces noise, demonstrating attention to detail, and the incorporation of cutting-edge cooling technologies guarantees reliable performance in a range of driving scenarios. Overall, Mercedes-Benz’s mastery of automotive engineering is on display in the engine compartment of the 2023 E-Class Sedan, which harmoniously combines power, innovation, and dependability.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Engine Compartment

Opening and closing the hood
Risk of accident due to driving with the hood unlocked

The hood may open and block your view.

Never release the hood when driving.
Before every trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury when opening and closing the hood The hood may suddenly drop into the end position. There is a risk of injury for anyone in the hood’s range of movement.

Do not open or close the hood if there is a person in the hood’s range of movement.

WARNING
Risk of burns when opening the hood. If you open the hood in the event of an over-heated engine or fire in the engine compartment, the following situations may occur:

You may come into contact with hot gases.
You may come into contact with other escaping hot operating fluids.
Before opening the hood, allow the engine to cool down.
In the event of a fire in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the fire service.

WARNING
Risk of injury due to moving parts Components in the engine compartment may continue to run or start unexpectedly even when the drive system is switched off.

Observe the following if you must open the hood:

Switch off the vehicle.
Never touch the danger zones surrounding moving components, e.g. the rotation area of the fan.
Remove jewellery and watches.
Keep items of clothing and hair away from moving parts.

WARNING
Risk of injury from touching live components The ignition system and the fuel injection system operate with a high voltage. You could receive an electric shock.

Never touch components of the ignition system or fuel injection system when the vehicle is switched on.

The live components include the following, for example:

Ignition coils
Fuel injectors
Electric lines to the ignition coils and the fuel injectors

WARNING
Risk of burns from hot parts in the engine compartment
Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler, and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch parts described in the following.

WARNING
Risk of injury from using the windshield wipers when the hood is open If the windshield wipers start moving when the hood is open, you could be trapped by the wiper linkage. Always switch off the windshield wipers and the vehicle first if you need to open the hood.

Opening the hood

To release the hood, pull on handle 1.

Push handle 2 of the hood catch upwards and lift the hood until it opens automatically.

Closing the hood

Lower the hood to a height of around 8 in (20 cm) and then allow it to fall, applying a little force as you let it go.
If the hood can still be lifted slightly, open the hood again and close it with a little more force until it engages correctly.

Engine oil
Checking the engine oil level using the oil dipstick

WARNING
Risk of burns from hot parts in the engine compartment

Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch parts described in the following.

Requirements

The engine has an oil dipstick. If not, the engine oil level can be checked only with the on-board computer.

Depending on the engine, the oil dipstick may be installed in the engine compartment in different locations. The waiting time before checking the oil level when the engine is at normal operating temperature is five minutes.

Park the vehicle on a level surface
Pull oil dipstick 1 out and wipe off.
Slowly slide oil dipstick 1 into the guide tube as far as it will go and pull it out again after approximately three seconds.
Oil level is correct: oil level is between 2 and 3.
Oil level too low: oil level is at 3 or below.
Oil level too high: oil level is above 2.
If the oil level is too low, add 1.1 US qt (1 liter) of engine oil.
If the oil level is too high, drain off excess engine oil. Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Checking the engine oil level using the on-board computer

The engine has been warmed up.
The vehicle is parked on a level surface. R The engine is running at idle speed.
The hood is closed.

The engine oil level is determined during driving. Determining the engine oil level can take up to 30 minutes with a normal driving style and even longer with an active driving style.

On-board computer:
4 Service 5 Engine Oil Level One of the following messages will appear on the instrument display:

Measuring Engine Oil Level measurement of oil level is not yet possible.
Repeat the request after a maximum of 30 minutes of driving.
Engine Oil Level OK and the bar display for indicating the oil level on the instrument display is green and is between “min” and “max”: the oil level is correct.
R Engine Oil Level Add 1,1 qts. and the bar display for indicating the oil level on the instrument display is orange and is below “min”:
Add 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil. Reduce Engine Oil Level and the bar display for indicating the oil level on the instrument display is orange and is above “max”:
Drain off any excess engine oil that has been added. To do so, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
For Engine Oil Level Switch Ignition On
Switch on the vehicle to check the engine oil level.
Engine Oil Level System Inoperative: The oil level sensor is defective or not connected.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Engine Oil Level System Currently Unavail.

Close the hood.

Adding engine oil
Risk of burns from hot parts in the engine compartment Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch parts described in the following.

WARNING
Risk of fire and injury from engine oil If engine oil comes into contact with hot parts in the engine compartment, it may ignite.

Make sure that no engine oil is spilt next to the filler opening.
Allow the engine to cool off and thoroughly clean the engine oil from parts before starting the vehicle.

NOTE
Engine damage caused by an incorrect oil filter, incorrect oil or additives

Do not use engine oils or oil filters which do not correspond to the specifications explicitly prescribed for the service intervals.
Follow the instructions on the service interval display for changing the engine oil and observe the prescribed change intervals.
Do not use additives.

NOTE
Damage caused by refilling too much engine oil can damage the engine or the catalytic converter.

Have excess engine oil removed at a qualified specialist workshop.

Depending on driving style, the vehicle consumes up to 0.9 US qt (0.8 litres) of oil per 600 miles (1,000 km). The oil consumption may also be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds.

Turn cap 1 counter-clockwise and remove it.
Add engine oil.
Replace cap 1 and turn it clockwise until it engages.
Check the oil level again.

Checking the coolant level
Risk of burns from hot component parts in the engine compartment Certain component parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch component parts described in the following.

WARNING
Risk of scalding from hot coolant
If you open the cap, you could be scalded.

Let the motor cool down before opening the cap.
When opening the cap, wear protective gloves and safety glasses.
Open the cap slowly to release pressure.

Park the vehicle on a level surface.
Check the coolant temperature display on the instrument display.
The coolant temperature must be in the bottom quarter of the temperature indicator.
Slowly turn cap 1 counter-clockwise to release overpressure.
Continue turning cap 1 counter-clockwise and remove it.

The coolant level is correct in the following cases:

If the engine is cold, the coolant is up to marker bar 2.
If the engine is warm, the coolant is up to 0.6 in (1.5 cm) over marker bar 2.
If necessary, refill with coolant that has been approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Further information on coolant.

Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system
Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system parts in the engine compartment Certain parts in the engine compartment can be very hot, e.g. the engine, the cooler and parts of the exhaust system.

Allow the engine to cool down and only touch the parts described in the following.

WARNING

Risk of fire and injury from windshield washer concentrate

Windshield washer concentrate is highly flammable. It could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine parts or the exhaust system.

Make sure that no windshield washer concentrate spills out next to the filler opening.
Remove cap 1 by the tab.
Add washer fluid.
Further information about the windshield washer fluid.

Keeping the air/water duct free

Keep the area between the hood and the windshield free of deposits, e.g. ice, snow or leaves.

FAQ

What engine options are available for the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The 2023 E-Class Sedan offers a range of engines, including four-cylinder, six-cylinder, and V8 options, with some featuring mild-hybrid technology.

Is there a hybrid engine option for the E-Class Sedan?

Yes, the E-Class lineup includes hybrid models for enhanced fuel efficiency and performance.

What is the horsepower range for the 2023 E-Class engines?

The horsepower varies depending on the engine, ranging from efficient four-cylinders to powerful V8s.

Does the E-Class Sedan have a turbocharged engine?

Yes, many of the engine options are turbocharged for better performance and efficiency.

Is there an all-wheel-drive option for the E-Class Sedan?

Mercedes-Benz’s 4MATIC all-wheel-drive system is available on many E-Class models.

How is the engine cooling system designed in the E-Class?

The cooling system is designed for optimal efficiency, with advanced radiators and electronic controls.

What type of transmission is paired with the E-Class engines?

The engines are typically paired with a 9-speed automatic transmission for smooth and responsive shifting.

Are there any special engine technologies for emissions reduction?

The E-Class includes technologies like selective catalytic reduction to reduce emissions.

How is the engine compartment laid out for maintenance access?

The layout is designed for ease of access to key components for regular maintenance and servicing.

Does the E-Class Sedan have an engine start-stop feature?

Yes, it includes an auto start-stop feature for improved fuel efficiency in stop-and-go traffic.

What kind of fuel is recommended for the E-Class engines?

Premium unleaded gasoline is typically recommended for optimal performance and efficiency.

How often should the engine oil be changed in the E-Class Sedan?

Oil change intervals can vary based on the engine type and usage, with recommendations provided in the owner’s manual.

Are there any special features for noise reduction in the engine compartment?

The compartment includes sound insulation materials to reduce engine noise for a quieter cabin experience.

What kind of battery does the E-Class Sedan use?

It uses a standard 12-volt battery, with some models featuring additional batteries for mild-hybrid systems.

Does the E-Class Sedan have any specific cooling requirements for high-performance models?

High-performance models may have enhanced cooling systems to manage the higher heat generated.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Cleaning and Care Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Cleaning and Care

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan, with its exquisite design and advanced features, requires meticulous cleaning and care to maintain its luxury and performance. Regular hand washing using gentle car shampoos, along with the use of specific leather cleaners for its plush interior, ensures the preservation of its sophisticated aesthetic. Waxing the exterior a few times a year protects the paint, while specialized cleaners for the digital displays and interior plastics keep the cabin looking pristine. Careful attention to the alloy wheels, using pH-neutral cleaners, and regular vacuuming and cleaning of interior carpets and mats contribute to the overall upkeep. Additionally, routine checks of fluid levels, tire pressure, and servicing of brakes and suspension, as per the manufacturer’s guidelines, are essential for its longevity and safe operation. Adhering to these care recommendations guarantees that the E-Class Sedan retains its allure and high performance, embodying the epitome of Mercedes-Benz quality.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Cleaning and Care

Information on Washing the Vehicle in a Car Wash
Risk of accident due to reduced braking effect after washing the vehicle
The braking effect is reduced after washing the vehicle.

After the vehicle has been washed, brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until the braking effect has been fully restored.

Damage from automatic braking
If one of the following functions is activated, the vehicle will brake automatically in certain situations:

Active Brake Assist
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
HOLD function
Active Parking Assist

To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate these systems in the following or similar situations:

During towing.
In a car wash.

NOTE
Damage due to unsuitable car wash

Before driving into a car wash make sure that the car wash is suitable for the vehicle dimensions.
Ensure there is sufficient ground clearance between the underbody and the guide rails of the car wash.
Ensure that the clearance width of the car wash, in particular the width of the guide rails, is sufficient.

To avoid damage to your vehicle when using a car wash, ensure the following beforehand:

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactivated.
The HOLD function is switched off.
The 360° Camera or the rearview camera is switched off.
The side windows and sliding sunroof are completely closed.
The outside mirrors are folded in.
The blower for the ventilation and heating is switched off.
The windshield wiper switch is in position g. R The key is at a minimum distance of 10ft (3 m) away from the vehicle. Otherwise, the trunk lid could open unintentionally.
For car washes with a conveyor system:
- Neutral is engaged.
- If you would like to leave the vehicle while it is being washed, make sure the key is located in the vehicle. Park position j will otherwise be engaged automatically.

If, after the car wash, you remove the wax from the windshield and wiper rubbers, this will prevent smearing and reduce wiper noise.

Information on using a power washer

WARNING
Risk of an accident when using power washers with round-spray nozzles The water jet can cause externally invisible damage. Components damaged in this way may unexpectedly fail.

Do not use a power washer with round-spray nozzles.
Have damaged tires or chassis parts replaced immediately.

To avoid damage to your vehicle, observe the following when using a power washer:

The key is at a minimum distance of 10 ft (3 m) away from the vehicle. Otherwise, the trunk lid could open unintentionally.
Maintain a distance of at least 11.8 in (30 cm) to the vehicle.
Vehicles with decorative films: parts of your vehicle are covered with a decorative film. Maintain a distance of at least 27.6 in (70 cm) between the film-covered parts of the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer. Move the power washer nozzle around while cleaning. The water temperature of the power washer must not exceed 140°F (60°C).
Observe the information on the correct distance in the equipment manufacturer’s operating instructions.
Do not direct the nozzle of the power washer directly at sensitive parts, e.g. tires, gaps, electrical components, batteries, illuminants or louvers.

Washing the vehicle by hand
Engine damage due to water ingress

Take care not to point the water jet directly towards the air inlet grille below the hood.
Observe the relevant legal requirements (e.g. in some countries, washing by hand is permitted only in specially designated wash bays).
Use a mild cleaning agent (e.g. car shampoo).
Wash the vehicle with lukewarm water using a soft car sponge. When doing so, do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight.
Carefully hose the vehicle off with water and dry using a chamois.
Observe the notes on the care of car parts.

Notes on paintwork/matt finish paintwork care
To avoid damaging the paintwork and interfering with the driving assistance systems, please observe the following notes:

Paint

Insect remains: soak with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards.
Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off afterwards.
Tree resin, oils, fuels and greases: remove by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid.
Coolant and brake fluid: remove with a damp cloth and clean water.
Tar stains: use tar remover.
Wax: use silicone remover.
Do not attach stickers, films or similar materials. Have film attached to the bumper only at a qualified specialist workshop.
Remove dirt immediately, where possible.

Matt finish

Use only care products approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Do not attach stickers, films or similar materials. Have film attached to the bumper only at a qualified specialist workshop.
Do not polish the vehicle and alloy wheels. R Use only car washes that correspond to the latest engineering standards.
Do not use any car wash program with a final hot wax treatment.
Do not use paint cleaners, buffing or polishing products or gloss preservers, e.g. wax.

In the event of paintwork damage:

Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.
Make sure the radar sensors function

Notes on cleaning decorative films
Observe the “Notes on paintwork/matte finish paintwork care”. They also apply to matte decorative films. Observe the notes on cleaning decorative films to avoid damage.

Cleaning

For cleaning, use plenty of water and a mild cleaning agent without additives or abrasive substances (e.g. a car shampoo approved for Mercedes-Benz).
Remove dirt as soon as possible. Avoid rubbing too hard in order not to damage the decorative film irreparably.
If there is dirt on the finish or if the decorative film is dull: use the paint cleaner recommended and approved for Mercedes-Benz.
Insect remains: soak with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards.
Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off afterwards.
To prevent water stains, dry a film-wrapped vehicle with a soft, absorbent cloth after every car wash.

Avoiding damage to the decorative film

The service life and color of decorative films are impaired by:
- Sunlight
- Temperature (e.g. hot air blower)
- Weather conditions
- Stone chippings and dirt
- Chemical cleaning agents
- Oily products
Chemical cleaning agents
Oily product Polishing will have the effect of shining the film-wrapped surface
Do not treat matte or structured decorative films with wax. Permanent stains may occur.

Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected by corrosion, and damage caused by incorrect care cannot always be completely repaired. In this case, contact a qualified specialist workshop. You can obtain more information on care and cleaning agents from the manufacturer. In the case of film-wrapped surfaces, visual differences may occur between the surfaces that were not protected by a decorative film after a decorative film has been removed.

Have work or repairs to decorative films carried out at a qualified specialist workshop (e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center).

Notes on the care of car parts
Risk of entrapment if the windshield wipers are switched on while the windshield is being cleaned If the windshield wipers are set in motion while you are cleaning the windshield or wiper blades, you can be trapped by the wiper arm.

Always switch off the windshield wipers and the vehicle before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades.

To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the notes on cleaning and care of the following car parts:

Wheels and rims

Use water and acid-free alloy wheel cleaners.
Do not use acidic alloy wheel cleaners to remove brake dust. This could damage wheel bolts and brake components.
To avoid corrosion of the brake disks and brake pads, drive the vehicle for a few minutes after cleaning before parking it. The brake disks and brake pads will warm up and dry out.

Windows
Damage to electronic components due to excess fluids When cleaning the windows from the inside, fluids such as cleaning agents or water may run down and get behind trim parts of the vehicle interior and cause damage to electronic components.

Use cleaning agents as sparingly as possible.
Immediately absorb any excess fluids.
Clean the windows inside and outside with a damp cloth and with a cleaning agent recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
Do not use dry cloths or abrasive or solvent-based cleaning agents to clean the insides of windows.

After changing the wiper blades or treating
the vehicle with wax, clean the windshield thoroughly with cleaning agents recommended for Mercedes-Benz. Failure to observe the application instructions may result in damage, smear marks or glare spots. Remove external fogging or dirt on the windshield in front of the multifunction camera. Otherwise, driving systems and driving safety systems may be impaired or unavailable.

Wiper blades

Move the wiper arms into the replacement position.
With the wiper arms folded out, clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth.
Make sure that the wiper blades are coated.
The coating may leave residue on a cloth. Do not rub the wiper blades excessively or clean them too often.

Exterior lighting

Clean the lenses with a wet sponge and mild cleaning agent (e.g. car shampoo).
Use only cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses.

Sensors

Clean the sensors in the front and rear bumpers with a soft cloth and car shampoo.
When using a power washer, maintain a minimum distance of 11.8 in (30 cm).

Rearview camera and 360° Camera

To open the rear camera cover, switch on the vehicle.
Use clean water and a soft cloth to clean the camera lens.
Do not use a power washer.

Notes on the care of the interior
Risk of injury from plastic parts breaking off after the use of solvent-based care products Care and cleaning products containing solvents can cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous. When the airbags are deployed, plastic parts may break away.

Do not use any care or cleaning products containing solvents to clean the cockpit.

WARNING
Risk of injury or fatal injuries from bleached seat belts Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can severely weaken them. This can, for example, cause seat belts to tear or fail in an accident. Never bleach or dye seat belts.

To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the following notes on cleaning and care:

Seat belts
- Clean with lukewarm soapy water.
- Do not use chemical cleaning agents.
- Do not dry by heating them to over 176°F (80°C) or exposing them to direct sunlight.
Display:
- Switch off the display and let it cool down.
- Clean the surface carefully with a microfiber cloth and a suitable display care product (TFT-LCD).
- Do not use any other agents.
Head-up display
- Clean with a soft, non-static, lint-free cloth.
- Do not use cleaning agents.
Plastic trim
- Clean with a damp microfiber cloth.
- For heavy soiling: use a cleaning agent recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
- Do not attach stickers, films or similar materials.
- Do not allow cosmetics, insect repellent or sun cream to come into contact with the plastic trim.
Real wood and trim elements
- Clean with a microfiber cloth.
- Black piano-lacquer look: clean with a damp cloth and soapy water.
- For heavy soiling: use a cleaning agent recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
- Do not use solvent-based cleaning agents, polishes or waxes.
Headliner
- Clean with a brush or dry shampoo.
Carpet
- Use a carpet and textile cleaning agent recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
- The steering wheel made of genuine leather or DINA-MICA

NOTE
Damage caused by wrong cleaners

Do not use solvent-based cleaning agents such as tar remover or wheel cleaner; neither should you use polishes or waxes. Otherwise, you may damage the finish.
Clean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water solution and then wipe with a dry cloth.
For heavy soiling: use a cleaning agent recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
Leather care: use a leather care agent that has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
Do not allow the leather to become too damp.
Do not use a microfiber cloth.

Genuine leather seat covers

Vacuum up dirt such as crumbs or dust and then clean the seat covers with a damp cotton cloth and wipe down with a dry cloth. Regularly clean the seat covers.
For heavy soiling: use a leather care agent recommended for Mercedes-Benz aftercare.
Leather care: use a leather care agent that has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
Do not use a microfiber cloth.
Do not allow the leather to become too damp.
Do not use oil-based cleaning and care products.

Leather is a natural product. It exhibits natural surface properties such as differences in structure, marks caused by growth and injury or subtle colour differences. These surface properties are characteristics of the leather and not material defects. Leather is also subject to a natural ageing process during which the surface properties change. Waves or wrinkling in the seat cover may occur due to the stress on the seat; this is caused by the natural leather material. Regular cleaning and care of the leather reduces soiling, wear marks and ageing damage and thus significantly extends its life span. Clothing that can leave stains (e.g. jeans) may discolour the leather.

DINAMICA seat covers

Vacuum up dirt such as crumbs or dust and then use a damp cloth to clean.
Do not use a microfiber cloth.

Imitation leather seat covers

Vacuum up dirt such as crumbs or dust and then use a damp cotton cloth and a 1% soap solution to clean the entire seat cover.
Do not spot clean.
Use cleaning and care products recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
Do not use a microfiber cloth.
Do not use oil-based cleaning and care products.

Fabric seat covers

Vacuum up dirt such as crumbs or dust and then use a damp microfiber cloth and a 1%soap solution to clean the entire seat cover.
Do not spot clean.
Use cleaning and care products recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
Do not use oil-based cleaning and care products.

FAQ

What is the recommended method for washing the exterior of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

Hand washing with a mild car shampoo and soft cloth or sponge is recommended to protect the paint finish.

Can automated car washes be used for the E-Class Sedan?

While automated washes are convenient, hand washing is advised to prevent potential damage to the exterior surfaces and sensors.

What products should be used for cleaning the leather upholstery?

Use specific leather cleaners and conditioners designed for automotive interiors to maintain the leather’s quality and appearance.

How often should the E-Class Sedan be cleaned to maintain its appearance?

Regular cleaning, at least bi-weekly or monthly, is recommended, depending on driving conditions and environmental factors.

Is it necessary to wax the car’s exterior?

Waxing the car a few times a year can help protect the paint and maintain its shine.

How can I clean the touchscreen and digital displays without causing damage?

Use a soft, microfiber cloth with mild, non-abrasive cleaners specifically designed for electronic displays.

What is the best way to clean the interior plastics and trim?

Use a soft cloth with a gentle, non-abrasive interior cleaner suitable for plastics.

How can I maintain the E-Class Sedan’s alloy wheels?

Regularly clean the wheels with a non-abrasive, pH-neutral wheel cleaner to remove brake dust and road grime.

Can I use household glass cleaners on the car’s windows?

It’s better to use automotive glass cleaners as they are formulated to be safe on tinted windows and car-specific coatings.

How should I care for the car’s carpets and mats?

Vacuum regularly and use automotive carpet cleaners for deep cleaning or stain removal.

Is it safe to use steam cleaning for the interior?

Steam cleaning can be effective, especially for upholstery and carpets, but ensure it’s done with care to avoid moisture damage to electronic components.

How often should I check the car’s fluid levels and tire pressure?

Monthly checks are recommended for fluid levels and tire pressure to ensure optimal performance and safety.

What’s the best way to maintain the car’s brakes and suspension?

Regular servicing as per the manufacturer’s guidelines is crucial for maintaining the brakes and suspension system.

How can I prevent rust on my E-Class Sedan?

Regular washing and waxing, especially during winter months, can help prevent rust. Also, inspect and address any paint chips or scratches promptly.

Should I cover my E-Class Sedan when parking it for an extended period?

Using a breathable car cover can protect the vehicle from environmental elements and dust when parked for long durations.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Sound and ASSYST PLUS Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Sound and ASSYST PLUS

With its advanced radio and media system, the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan enhances the in-car entertainment experience. The sedan’s high-fidelity sound system and array of audio options, which include satellite radio, HD Radio, and AM/FM radio, guarantee a wide variety of listening preferences. Slick access to streaming services and customized media collections is made possible by the incorporation of cutting-edge connectivity options including Bluetooth, USB, and smartphone integration through Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. With the addition of voice command features, the user-friendly touchscreen interface guarantees that drivers can effortlessly access and manage their entertainment without being distracted. For those who want even more immersive sound, audiophiles can also choose to upgrade to a premium sound system, such as one from a well-known audio company. The E-Class Sedan’s extensive radio and media package is made to accommodate the wide range of tastes of its occupants, ensuring a distinctively pleasurable auditory experience on every trip.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Sound Settings

Overview of Functions in The Sound Menu
The setting options and functions available depend on the sound system installed. You can find out which sound system is installed in your vehicle in the Digital Operator’s Manual. Standard sound system and Advanced sound system

The following functions are available:

Equalizer
- Treble, mid-range and bass
Balance and fader
Volume
- Automatic adjustment

Burmester® surround sound system
Burmester® high-end 3D surround sound system

The following functions are available:

Equalizer
- Treble, mid-range, and bass
Balance and fader
Sound focus
VIP seat (Burmester® high-end 3D surround the sound system only)
Sound profiles
Volume
- Automatic adjustment

ASSYST PLUS service interval display
The function of the ASSYST PLUS service interval display The ASSYST PLUS service interval display on the instrument display informs you of the time or distance remaining before the next service due date. You can hide this service display using the G back button on the steering wheel.

Depending on how the vehicle is used, the ASSYST PLUS service interval display may shorten the service interval, e.g. in the following cases:

Mainly short-distance driving
When the engine is often left idling for long periods
In the event of frequent cold start phases

Mercedes-Benz recommends avoiding such operating conditions.
You can obtain information concerning the servicing of your vehicle from a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Displaying the service due date

On-board computer:
4 Service 5 ASSYST PLUS The next service due date is displayed.

To exit the display: press the back button G on the steering wheel.

Bear in mind the following related topic:

Operating the onboard computer.

Information on regular maintenance work

NOTE
Premature wear through failure to observe service due dates
Maintenance work that is not carried out at the right time or incompletely can lead to increased wear and damage to the vehicle.

Adhere to the prescribed service intervals.
Always have the prescribed maintenance work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

Notes on special service requirements
The prescribed service interval is based on the normal operation of the vehicle. Has the maintenance work been carried out more often than prescribed if operating conditions are difficult or the vehicle is subject to increased stress? The ASSYST PLUS service interval display is only an aid. It is the responsibility of the driver of the vehicle to have maintenance work carried out more often than prescribed due to actual operating conditions and/or stresses.

Examples of arduous operating conditions:

Regular city driving with frequent intermediate stops
Mainly short-distance driving
Frequent operation in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces
When the engine is often left idling for long periods
Operation in particularly dusty conditions and/or if air-recirculation mode is frequently used

In these or similar operating conditions, have the interior air filter, air filter, engine oil, and oil filter, for example, changed more frequently. If subject to increased stress, check the tires more. Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Battery disconnection periods
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display can calculate the service due date only when the battery is connected.

Display and note down the service due date on the instrument display before disconnecting the battery.

Maintenance Management

Notes about Maintenance Management
If the Maintenance Management service is activated, relevant data is automatically transferred to the Mercedes-Benz customer centre. You will then receive individual recommendations regarding the maintenance of your vehicle. The calculation of the optimal transmission time of the maintenance request to the service partner is subject to technical limitations that may cause the maintenance recommendation to be perceived as too early or too late or not to be made at all. In this case, you can conveniently arrange a maintenance appointment with the customer centre via the maintenance reminder in the multimedia system. Maintenance Management and maintenance reminders in the multimedia system are not available in every country. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center to find out whether this function is available in your country.

Data transferred when using Maintenance Management
When the service is activated, relevant data is automatically transferred to determine the required scope of maintenance as well as malfunction detection and malfunction rectification. Details on data transfer can be found in the data protection information for the Mercedes connect services. Maintenance Management and maintenance reminder in the multimedia system is not available in every country.

Tele diagnosis
Notes about the diagnosis

This service is not available in all countries. The vehicle can detect if certain worn parts need to be replaced or if malfunctions have occurred in vehicle systems. If the Tele diagnosis service is activated, relevant data is automatically transmitted to the manufacturer. If fault conditions are detected by the vehicle system self-diagnosis, the system transmits recommendations for action to the Mercedes-Benz customer centre depending on the fault detected. For selected faults, the notification that a malfunction has been detected may appear in the multimedia system with a request to contact the Mercedes-Benz customer centre. From this message, a call can be made directly to the customer centre for assistance.
The transmission of a notification to the multi-media system depends on the country, vehicle model, and equipment and requires a fast data connection, over which the service provider has no influence.
Reliable fault detection is subject to technical limitations. Therefore, only a limited selection of faults can be detected and recommendations for action transmitted to the customer centre and the service partners. Mercedes-Benz AG is continuously working on the expansion of this service. The fault detection depends on the country, vehicle model, and equipment.

Data transferred when using Tele diagnostics
When the service is activated, relevant data is automatically transferred to determine the required scope of maintenance as well as malfunction detection and malfunction rectification. Details on data transfer can be found in the data protection information for the Mercedes me connect services. The scope of the data transmitted depends on the vehicle model and equipment. For technical reasons, not all data is available at all times.

FAQ

What type of sound system is standard in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

It typically features a high-quality sound system with multiple speakers and advanced audio technology.

Can you upgrade the sound system in the 2023 E-Class?

Yes, there are options for upgraded sound systems from premium audio brands.

Does the sound system support Bluetooth audio streaming?

Yes, Bluetooth audio streaming is supported. Does the sound system support Bluetooth audio streaming?

Is there a surround sound option available?

Premium sound system options often include surround sound capabilities.

Can the sound system be controlled via the car’s touchscreen?

Yes, the sound system can be controlled through the car’s touchscreen interface.

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan offer Apple CarPlay and Android Auto integration?

Yes, both Apple CarPlay and Android Auto are supported for media integration.

What is ASSYST PLUS in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

ASSYST PLUS is Mercedes-Benz’s maintenance system that monitors the vehicle and notifies when servicing is needed.

How does ASSYST PLUS determine when maintenance is needed?

It uses sensors and algorithms to monitor vehicle usage and conditions, calculating optimal service intervals.

Can ASSYST PLUS detect specific maintenance needs?

It can identify a range of maintenance requirements, from oil changes to brake pad wear.

Is the ASSYST PLUS system customizable?

It operates automatically based on the vehicle’s needs and is not typically customizable.

How does the driver receive notifications from ASSYST PLUS?

Notifications are displayed on the vehicle’s dashboard or infotainment system.

Does ASSYST PLUS keep a log of maintenance history?

The system tracks maintenance needs and intervals, which can be accessed through the vehicle’s interface.

Is there an additional cost for the ASSYST PLUS feature?

ASSYST PLUS is usually included as a standard feature in the vehicle.

How does ASSYST PLUS improve vehicle longevity?

By ensuring timely maintenance, it helps in maintaining optimal vehicle performance and longevity.

Can ASSYST PLUS be integrated with a dealership for service scheduling?

Some dealerships may offer integration with ASSYST PLUS for easier service scheduling.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Emergency Call Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Emergency Call

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxurious car that comes with various advanced safety features, including an emergency call system.

Here’s an introduction to the emergency call feature in the E-Class Sedan 2023: The E-Class Sedan 2023 features an emergency call system that can contact emergency services automatically in the event of a serious accident. This system uses sensors placed throughout the car to detect a collision and can automatically dial the local emergency services number and transmit the vehicle’s location to the operator. Along with the automatic emergency call system, the E-Class Sedan 2023 also comes with a manual emergency call feature. This feature can be activated by pressing the SOS button located on the overhead control panel. When activated, the system connects the driver or passengers with an emergency services operator, who can offer assistance and dispatch emergency services as needed. The E-Class Sedan 2023 emergency call system includes other features that can help in an emergency. For example, the vehicle has a stolen vehicle tracking system that can help authorities locate the car if it is stolen. Moreover, the system can send an alert to the driver’s phone if the vehicle is stolen or if the alarm goes off. Overall, the emergency call system in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is an advanced safety feature that provides drivers and passengers with added peace of mind on the road.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System

Information on The Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System
Your vehicle is equipped with the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system (“eCall”). This feature can help save lives in the event of an accident. Call in no way replaces assistance provided by dialling 911.
Mercedes-Benz Call only functions in areas where mobile phone coverage is available from the wireless service providers. Insufficient network coverage from the wireless service providers may result in an emergency call not being transmitted. The call is a standard feature in your Mercedes-Benz vehicle. To function as intended, the system relies on the transmission of data detailed in the “Mercedes-Benz emergency call system data transmission” section that follows. To disable Call, a customer must visit an authorized Mercedes-Benz Service department to deactivate the vehicle’s communication module. Deactivation of this module prevents the activation of any Mercedes Connect services. After the deactivation of the Call, automatic emergency calls and manual emergency calls will not be available. The vehicle must be switched on before an automatic emergency call can be made.

The call is activated at the factory.
The call can be deactivated by an authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer.
Please note that in the event ownership of the vehicle is transferred to another owner in its deactivated state,
The call will remain deactivated unless the new owner visits an authorized Mercedes-Benz dealership to reactivate the system.

Overview of the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
Call can help to reduce the time between an accident and the arrival of emergency services at the site of the accident. It helps locate an accident site in places that are difficult to access. However, even if a vehicle is equipped with all, this does not mean the system is ON. As such, eCall does not replace dialling 911 in the event of an accident.
An emergency call can be made automatically or manually. Only make emergency calls if you or others need rescue. Do not make an emergency call in the event of a breakdown or a similar situation. Messages on the display

SOS NOT READY: the vehicle is not on or eCall is not available.
During an active emergency call, <schar> appears in the display. You can find more information on the regional availability of eCall at: https://www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/extra/ecall/

If there is a malfunction of the emergency call system, the loudspeakers, microphone, airbag or the SOS button, for example, are faulty.

You can recognize a malfunction in the emergency call system by the following displays:

A corresponding message will also appear in the Instrument Display.
The Me button lights up red continuously.

Triggering an automatic Mercedes‑Benz emergency call

The vehicle is switched on.
The starter battery is sufficiently charged.
The Mercedes‑Benz emergency call system triggers an emergency call automatically in the following cases:
After activation of the restraint systems such as airbags or Emergency Tensioning Devices after an accident
R After an emergency stop automatically initiated by Active Emergency Stop Assist

The emergency call has been made:

A voice connection is made to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
A message with accident data is transmitted to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
The Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre can transmit the vehicle position data to one of the emergency call centres.

The SOS button in the overhead control panel flashes until the emergency call is finished. It is not possible to immediately end an automatic emergency call. If no connection can be made to the emergency services either, a corresponding message appears in the media display.

Dial the local emergency number on your mobile phone.

If an emergency call has been initiated:

Remain in the vehicle if the road and traffic conditions permit you to do so until a voice connection is established with the emergency call centre operator.
Based on the call, the operator decides whether it is necessary to call rescue teams and/or the police to the accident site.
If no vehicle occupant answers, an ambulance is sent to the vehicle immediately.

Triggering a manual Mercedes-Benz emergency call

To use the SOS button in the overhead control panel: press the SOS button at least one second long.
To use voice control: use the Voice Control System voice commands.

The emergency call has been made:

A voice connection is made to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
A message with accident data is transmitted to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
The Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre can transmit the vehicle position data to one of the emergency call centres.
Remain in the vehicle if the road and traffic conditions permit you to do so until a voice connection is established with the emergency call centre operator.
Based on the call, the operator decides whether it is necessary to call rescue teams and/or the police to the accident site.

If no connection can be made to the emergency services either, a corresponding message appears in the media display.

Dial the local emergency number on your mobile phone.

Ending an unintentionally triggered manual Mercedes-Benz emergency call

Using the multifunction steering wheel: Select
Depress the button for several seconds.

Data transfer of the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
In the event of an automatic or manual emergency call the following data is transmitted, for example:

Vehicle’s GPS position data
GPS position data on the route (a few 300 feet (100 m) before the incident)
Direction of travel
Vehicle identification number
Vehicle drive type
Number of people detected in the vehicle
Whether Mercedes me Connect is available or not
Whether the emergency call was initiated manually or automatically
Time of the accident
Language setting on the multimedia system

Data transmitted is vehicle information. For any questions about the collection, use and sharing of the eCall system data, please contact MBUSA’s Customer Assistance Center at 800-FOR-MERC. For Canada, please contact MBC’s Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-387-0100. Customer requests for covered information should be submitted via the same channels.

For accident clarification purposes, the following measures can be taken up to an hour after the emergency call has been initiated:

The current vehicle position can be determined.
- A voice connection to the vehicle occupants can be established.

FAQ

What is the emergency call system in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The emergency call system in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a safety feature that automatically contacts emergency services in the event of a serious accident.

How does the system work?
The system uses sensors throughout the vehicle to detect a collision and, if necessary, automatically dials the local emergency services number and transmits the vehicle’s location to the operator.

What is the manual emergency call feature?
The manual emergency call feature in the E-Class Sedan 2023 can be activated by pressing the SOS button located on the overhead control panel. Once activated, the system connects the driver or passengers with an emergency services operator.

What are the benefits of the manual emergency call feature?
The manual emergency call feature can provide assistance and dispatch emergency services if needed in case of an emergency.

What other features does the emergency call system include?
The emergency call system in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 also includes a stolen vehicle tracking system that can help authorities locate the vehicle if it is stolen.

What happens if the vehicle is stolen?
The system can send an alert to the driver’s phone if the vehicle is stolen or if the alarm is triggered.

Can the emergency call system be disabled?
No, the emergency call system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 cannot be disabled.

Is the emergency call system free to use?
The use of the emergency call system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is free of charge.

Does the emergency call system work in all countries?
The emergency call system is designed to work in all countries where Mercedes-Benz vehicles are sold.

Can the emergency call system be used for non-emergency situations?
No, the emergency call system should only be used for serious emergencies.

What is the stolen vehicle tracking system?
The stolen vehicle tracking system is a feature of the emergency call system that can help authorities locate the vehicle if it is stolen.

Can the stolen vehicle tracking system be disabled?
No, the stolen vehicle tracking system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 cannot be disabled.

What kind of accidents will trigger the emergency call system?
The emergency call system is triggered by serious accidents, such as those in which the airbags are deployed.

Can the emergency call system be tested?
Yes, the emergency call system can be tested by pressing the SOS button and following the prompts.

How reliable is the emergency call system?
The emergency call system is highly reliable and has been extensively tested to ensure its effectiveness in emergencies.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Telephone Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Telephone

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan perfectly blends luxury and contemporary connectivity with an innovative phone system. This system is made to sync with cell phones easily, and it works with both Android Auto and Apple CarPlay for complete compatibility. Through the vehicle’s user-friendly infotainment system, users may enjoy hands-free calling and easy access to their contacts, all while maintaining safety and convenience while driving. Superior voice control and a top-notch audio system make the telephone feature even more effective at facilitating clear conversation. Furthermore, the wireless charging pads that come with the E-Class add to its overall technological sophistication and convenience by ensuring that gadgets stay charged. This makes keeping connected while on the go simple and stylish.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Telephone

WARNING
Risk of distraction from operating integrated communication equipment while the vehicle is in motion. If you operate communication equipment integrated in the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation.

This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.
If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

WARNING
Risk of accident from operating mobile communication equipment while the vehicle is in motion. Mobile communication devices distract the driver from the traffic situation. This can also cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

As a driver, only operate mobile communication devices when the vehicle is stationary.
As a vehicle occupant, use mobile communication devices only in the designated area, e.g. in the rear passenger compartment.

You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating mobile communication equipment in the vehicle.

WARNING
Risk of injury due to objects being stowed incorrectly. If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup holders, open stowage spaces, and mobile phone receptacles cannot always retain all objects within. There is a risk of injury, particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction.

Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations.
Always make sure that objects do not protrude from stowage spaces, parcel nets or stowage nets.
Close the lockable stowage spaces before starting a journey.
Always stow and secure heavy, hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky objects in the trunk/cargo compartment.

Observe the additional information on stowing mobile communications devices correctly:

Loading the vehicle Bluetooth® connection:

The menu view and the available functions in the telephone menu are in part dependent on the Bluetooth® profile of the connected mobile phone.

Full functionality is only available if the mobile phone supports both of the following Blue-tooth® profiles:

PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
- The contacts on the mobile phone are shown automatically on the multimedia system.
MAP (Message Access Profile)
- The mobile phone message functions can be used on the multimedia system.
- Irrespective of this, Bluetooth Â® audio functionality can be used with any mobile radio unit.
- For information on the range of functions of the mobile radio unit to be connected, see the manufacturer’s operating instructions.

Network connection:
The following cases can lead to the call being dis-connected while the vehicle is in motion:

You switch to a transmission/reception station, in which no communication channel is free.
The SIM card used is not compatible with the network available
A mobile phone with a “Twin card” is logged into the network with the second SIM card at the same time

The multimedia system supports calls in HD Voice® for improved speech quality. A requirement for this is that the mobile phone and the mobile phone network provider of the person you are calling support HD Voice®. Depending on the quality of the connection, the voice quality may fluctuate.

Telephone menu overview

Bluetooth® device name of the currently connected mobile phone/of the mobile phone
Bluetooth® device name of the currently connected mobile phone/of the mobile phone (two phone mode)
Battery status of the connected mobile phone
The signal strength of the mobile phone network
Options
Device manager
Messages
Numerical pad 9 Contact search

Telephony operating modes overview
Depending on your equipment, the following telephony operating modes are available:

A mobile phone is connected to the multimedia system via Bluetooth®.
Two mobile phones are connected to the multimedia system via Bluetooth® (two-phone mode).
- You can use all the functions of the multi-media system with the mobile phone in the foreground.
- You can receive incoming calls and messages with the mobile phone in the background.
- You can interchange the mobile phone in the foreground and background.

Connecting a mobile phone

Bluetooth® is activated on the mobile phone (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Bluetooth® is activated on the multimedia system.

Multimedia system:
4Â© 5 Phone Searching for a mobile phone

Select Ã.
Select Connect New Device.

Connecting a mobile phone
The authorization follows using secure simple pairing.

Select a mobile phone.

A code is displayed in the multimedia system and on the mobile phone.

If both codes match, confirm the code on the mobile phone.
Functions in the telephony menu

In the telephony menu you have the following functions, for example:

Making calls, e.g.
- Accept a call
- End Call
- Create Confer. Call
- Accept or reject a waiting call
Managing contacts, e.g.:
- Downloading mobile phone contacts
- Managing the format of a contact’s name
- Saving a contact as a favourite
Receiving and sending messages, e.g.:
- Using the read-aloud function
- Dictating a new message

Mercedes me app
Making a call via the overhead control panel

me button for service or information calls
SOS button cover
SOS button (emergency call system)

Making a Mercedes me call

Press me button 1.
Making an emergency call
To open the cover of SOS button 2 , press it briefly.
Press and hold SOS button 3 for at least one second.

If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency call can still be triggered. This has priority over all other active calls.

Information about the Mercedes I call
A call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center has been initiated via the me button in the overhead control panel or the multimedia system.

Using the voice dialog system you access the desired service:

Accident and Breakdown Management
Mercedes-Benz Customer Center for general information about the vehicle

You can find information on the following topics:

Activation of Mercedes me connect
Operating the vehicle
Nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center
Other products and services from Mercedes-Benz

Data is transferred during the connection to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center.

Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center using the multimedia system

Access to a mobile phone network is available.
The contract partner’s mobile network coverage is available in the respective region.
R The vehicle must be switched on so that vehicle data can be transferred automatically.

Multimedia system:
4Â© 5 Phone 5 g

Call Mercedes me connect.

After confirmation, the multimedia system sends the required vehicle data. The data transfer is shown in the media display.
Then you can select a service and be connected to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center.

Calling the Mercedes-Benz customer centre after an automatic accident or breakdown detection

The vehicle has detected an accident or breakdown situation.
The vehicle is stationary.
The hazard warning lights are switched on.
This function is not available in all countries.

The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown situations under certain circumstances.

Requirements for collision detection in the context of accident management:

The vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft alarm system (ATA) (code 551).
The vehicle is equipped with interior protection (code 882).
The vehicle is equipped with the Anti-Theft Protection Package (code P54).
The collision detection service with theft notification has been activated on Mercedes me connect.

If a collision is detected when the tow-away alarm is armed on a locked vehicle, you will receive a notification in the multimedia system when you switch the vehicle on. Find out at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center if this function is available in your country. In the event an accident or breakdown is detected, the emergency guide shows safety notes in the multimedia system display. This may take a few seconds. The availability of collision detection depends on the vehicle. In the event an accident or breakdown is detected, the emergency guide shows safety notes in the multimedia system display. After quitting the emergency guide display on the multimedia system, a prompt appears asking whether you would like to get support from the Mercedes-Benz customer centre.

Select Call.
- The vehicle data is sent automatically.
- The Mercedes-Benz customer centre takes your call and organizes the breakdown and accident assistance.

You may be charged for these services. Depending on the severity of the accident, an automatic emergency call can be initiated. This has priority over all other active calls. In addition, if the Mercedes I connect to service “Tele diagnostics” is active, a similar prompt can appear after a delay in the event of a breakdown. If you are already in contact with the Mercedes-Benz customer centre or have already received support, this prompt can be ignored or declined. If you answer the prompt for support from the Mercedes-Benz customer centre with Later, the message will be hidden and appear again later. The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me connect to service “Tele diagnostics”, can either be confirmed or declined. After being declined, this will not be shown again.

Arranging a service appointment via a Mercedes me call
If you have activated the maintenance management service, relevant vehicle data is transferred automatically to the Mercedes-Benz customer centre. You will then receive individual recommendations regarding the maintenance of your vehicle. Regardless of whether you have consented to the maintenance management service, the multimedia system reminds you after a certain amount of time that a service is due. A prompt appears asking if you would like to make an appointment.

To arrange a service appointment: select Call. After your agreement, the vehicle data is transferred and the Mercedes-Benz customer centre takes your preferred appointment date. The information is then sent to your desired service outlet. This will contact you to confirm the appointment and if necessary consult about the details.% If you select Later after the service message appears, the message is hidden and reappears at a later time.

Data transferred during a Mercedes me call
When you make a service call via Mercedes Me, data is transmitted. This enables targeted advice and smooth service.

The following requirements must be fulfilled for the transfer of the data:

The vehicle is switched on.
The required data transfer technology is supported by the mobile phone network provider. R The quality of the mobile connection is sufficient.

Multi-stage transfer depends on the following factors:

Reason for the initiation of the call
The available mobile phone transmission technology
R The activated Mercedes me Connect services
The service selected in the voice control system
The scope of the transmitted data depends on the vehicle model and equipment. For technical reasons, not all data is available at all times.

Data transfer if Mercedes I Connect services are not activated

If no Mercedes I Connect services are activated, the following data is transferred:

Vehicle identification number
Time of the call
Reason for the initiation of the call
Country indicator of the vehicle
Set the language for the multimedia system
Telephone number of the communication platform installed in the vehicle

If a call is made for a service appointment via the service reminder, the following data is also transmitted:

Current mileage and maintenance data

If a call is made after an automatic accident or break-down detection using the multimedia system, the following data is also transmitted:

Current mileage and maintenance data
Current vehicle location

If Accident and Breakdown Management is called via the voice control system, the following data can also be called up from the vehicle by the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center:

Current vehicle location

Data transfer if Mercedes I Connect services are activated
An overview of the data transmitted can be found in the respective terms of use for Mercedes Connect services. These can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com

Data processing
The data transmitted within the scope of the call is deleted from the processing system after the call is finished, in so far as this data is not being used for other activated Mercedes I connect services. The incident-specific data is processed and stored in the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center and, if required to process the incident, forwarded to the service partner authorized by the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center.

The recorded message is not available in every country.

Mercedes me connect
Mercedes Me Connect consists of multiple services. You can use the following services via the multi-media system and the overhead control panel, for example:

Accident and Breakdown Management (me button or situation-dependent display in the multimedia system)
Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System (automatic emergency call and SOS button)
The Mercedes Connect Accident and Break-down Management and the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centres are available to you around the clock.
The me button and the SOS button can be found on the vehicle’s overhead control panel.
You can also call the Mercedes-Benz customer centre using the multimedia system.

Please note that Mercedes I Connect is a Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, first call the national emergency services using the standard national emergency service telephone numbers. In emergencies, you can also use the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system. Observe the conditions of use for Mercedes I connect and other services. These can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal:
Further information about Mercedes me Connect services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal.

Information on Mercedes me connect Accident and Breakdown Management
Accident and Breakdown Management is not available in every country. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center to find out whether this function is available in your country.

Accident and Breakdown Management can include the following functions:

Supplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system.
If necessary, the contact person at the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center forwards the call to Mercedes me connect Accident and Breakdown Management.
Forwarding the call is however not possible in all countries.
Breakdown assistance by a technician on location and/or the towing away of the vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center
You may be charged for these services.
R Addition to the emergency guide after an automatic accident or breakdown detection.
In the event of a breakdown or accident, further vehicle data is sent which enables optimal support by the Mercedes-Benz customer centre and the authorized service partner or breakdown assistance.
In addition to the Mercedes me Connect service Tele diagnostics

With the Tele diagnostics function, specific wear and failure reports are recorded by the service provider, in so far as these can be interpreted and are available through the monitoring of components that are subject to diagnostics. If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat of a breakdown, you may be prompted via the multimedia system to contact the Mercedes-Benz customer centre for further help. This prompt in the multimedia system only appears when the vehicle is stationary. These services are subject to technical restrictions such as mobile phone coverage, mobile network quality and the ability of the processing systems to interpret the transferred data. In some circumstances, this can result in delays or the failure of the information to appear in the multimedia system. Please note that the service and breakdown call is a Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, be sure to contact the usual national emergency number first or use the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system. More information about Mercedes me Connect services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Portal.

Data transferred during Mercedes me connect call services
The data transferred during a Mercedes me Connect call depends on:

The reason for initiation of the call
The service that is selected in the voice control system
The activated Mercedes me connect services

You can find out which data is transferred when using the services in the currently valid Mercedes Connect terms of use and the data protection information for Mercedes Connect. You can find these in your Mercedes me user account.

Overview of the Mercedes Me & Apps menu

When you log in with a user account to the Mercedes Me Portal, services and offers from Mercedes-Benz will be available to you. For more information consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or visit the Mercedes me Portal. Make sure you always keep the Mercedes me Apps updated. You can call up the menu using Mercedes Me & Apps in the multimedia system.

In the Mercedes Me & Apps menu, the following options are available:

Connecting the vehicle with the Mercedes Me user account
Deleting a connection between a user account Mercedes Me and the vehicle
Calling up the Mercedes Me services
Calling up apps such as In-Car Office or the web browser depending on availability

Web browser overview
The web browser is started using the Mercedes Me & Apps menu.

URL entry
Bookmarks
Web page, back
Web page, forwards
To refresh/stop
Options

Websites cannot be shown while the vehicle is in motion.

Overview of Smartphone Integration
With Smartphone Integration, you can use certain functions on your mobile phone via the system display. Only one mobile phone at a time can be connected via Smartphone Integration to the multimedia system. Also for use with two phone modes with Smartphone Integration, only one additional mobile phone can be connected via BluetoothÂ® to the multimedia system. The full range of functions for Smartphone Integration is only possible with an internet connection. The appropriate application must be downloaded on the mobile phone to use Smartphone Integration. The mobile phone must be switched on and connected to a USB port with the Ã§ symbol on the multimedia system using a suitable cable.

Apps for Smartphone Integration

Apple CarPlay® Android Auto
For safety reasons, the first activation of Smartphone Integration on the multimedia system must be carried out when the vehicle is stationary and the parking brake is applied.

You can start Apple CarPlayÂ® or Android Auto from the device manager. Mercedes-Benz recommends disconnecting the connecting cable only when the vehicle is stationary.

Overview of transferred vehicle data
When using Smartphone Integration, certain vehicle data is transferred to the mobile phone. This enables you to get the best out of selected mobile phone services. Vehicle data is not directly accessible.

The following system information is transmitted:

The software release of the multimedia system
System ID (anonymized)

The transfer of this data is used to optimize communication between the vehicle and the mobile phone. To do this, and to assign several vehicles to the mobile phone, a vehicle identifier is randomly generated. This has no connection to the vehicle identification number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-media system is reset.

The following driving status data is transmitted:

Transmission position engaged
The distinction between parked, standstill, rolling and driving
Day/night mode of the instrument display
Drive Type

The transfer of this data is used to alter how content is displayed to correspond to the driving situation.

The following position data is transmitted:

Coordinates
Speed
Compass direction
Acceleration direction

This data is used by the mobile phone to improve the accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for continuation in a tunnel).

FAQ

Does the 2023 E-Class Sedan support Bluetooth connectivity for telephones?

Yes, it offers Bluetooth connectivity for hands-free calling and audio streaming.

Can the telephone system integrate with smartphones?

Absolutely, it supports smartphone integration via Apple CarPlay and Android Auto.

Is voice command available for making and receiving calls?

Yes, the system allows for voice-command operations for hands-free calling.

Can the driver access the phone’s contact list through the car’s system?

Yes, the driver can access and navigate their phone’s contact list through the car’s interface.

Is there a feature for reading text messages aloud?

The system is capable of reading text messages aloud for safer driving.

Does the E-Class Sedan have a dedicated phone app for additional functionalities?

Mercedes-Benz offers a dedicated app that can enhance the functionality and integration of the phone system.

Can multiple phones be connected to the system simultaneously?

The system typically allows for multiple devices to be paired, though active use may be limited to one device at a time.

Is wireless charging available for smartphones?

Yes, the E-Class includes a wireless charging pad for compatible smartphones.

How does the car display incoming calls?

Incoming calls are displayed on the central infotainment screen, often with caller ID information.

Can the telephone system access voice assistants like Siri or Google Assistant?

Yes, when paired with a compatible smartphone, it can access voice assistants.

Are there any privacy features for telephone calls?

The system includes privacy options, allowing calls to be transferred from the speaker system to the handset.

How is the call quality in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class Sedan is designed to offer superior call quality with noise reduction features.

Is it possible to control the telephone system from the steering wheel?

Yes, there are controls on the steering wheel for managing calls and voice commands.

Does the telephone system update with software updates for the car?

The system is capable of receiving updates, often as part of broader vehicle software updates.

Can the telephone system play music from a connected phone?

Yes, it can stream music from a connected smartphone via Bluetooth or USB connection.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Navigation Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Navigation

The navigation system in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is an advanced feature that enhances the driving experience. It comes with a large, high-resolution display screen, voice-activated controls, and real-time traffic updates. The 3D maps give a more realistic view of the surroundings, making it easier to navigate complex intersections and roads. The navigation system also includes other features, such as points of interest, weather updates, and speed limit information. The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 also has Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility, making it easy to integrate your smartphone with the navigation system and access your favourite apps and music seamlessly.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Navigation

Notes on Navigation
Route guidance with augmented reality

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury as a result of distraction, incorrect depiction or wrong interpretation of the display The camera image of the augmented reality display is not suitable as a guide for driving.

Always keep an eye on the actual traffic situation.
Avoid extended observation of the camera image.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to imprecise positioning of additional information The additional information from the augmented reality display may be inaccurate and is not a substitute for observing and assessing the actual driving situation.

Always keep an eye on the actual traffic situation when carrying out all driving manoeuvres.

Switching navigation on
Multimedia system: 4© 5 Navigation

Alternatively: press the z button. The map displays the current vehicle position. The navigation menu is shown.
The navigation menu is hidden if route guidance is active.
To show: tap on the touch screen. The menu is hidden automatically.

Navigation overview

Example: digital map with navigation menu Enters a POI or address and additional destination entry options

Interrupts route guidance (if route guidance is active)
Repeats a navigation announcement and switch navigation announcements on or off
Calls up the ON THE WAY menu

- To show the Route Overview
- To select Alternative Routes
- Report Traffic Incident (Car-to-X)
- To call up the TRAFFIC menu
- To display Traffic Announcements
- To show Area Alerts
- To display Provider Information
- To show Route List
- To call up the POSITION menu Save the Position
- To display Compass
- Quick access and settings
- To show Traffic
- To show Parking
- To show Highway Information
- Via Advanced options to use View, Announcements, and Route

Quick-access and settings

- To show Traffic
- To show Parking

To show Highway Information

- Via Advanced options to use View, Announcements and Route

- The federal state or province in which the vehicle is located

Enters a POI or address
List with additional destination entry options
Deletes an entry
Confirms an entry
Switches to handwriting recognition
Enters a space
Switches to voice input
Sets the written language
A Switches to digits, special characters and symbols
Switches to upper-case or lowercase letters
Enter the destination in 2. The entries can be made in any order.

The following entries can be made, for example:

City, street, house number
Street, city
ZIP code
POI name or POI category, e.g. Parking
Contact name
Select a search result in list 3.
Calculate the route.
You can find further information about destination entry, e.g. three-word addresses, in the Digital Operator’s Manual.

Changing Country

Select the indicator for federal state or province 1.
Select the federal state or the province in 1.
Enter the country indicator.
Select the country on list 3.
Select the federal state or the province from list 3.

Using online search
Requirements: the media display shows an Internet connection in the status line with the Q symbol. Destination entry uses online map services. If the on-board search finds no suitable destinations or if you change countries, the online search is available. For the destination, you can enter an address, a POI or a three-word address.

Enter the destination in input line 2. The search results are displayed.
Select the destination in the list. A detailed view of the route is displayed.
Select country indicator 1.
Select the provider for the online service from the countries list.
Enter the destination in input line 2.
Select the destination in the list.

Calculating a route and user settings for route guidance

The destination has been entered.
The destination address is shown.

Multimedia system

Navigation

No route yet. A route has been mapped.
Select ¥
The route to the destination is calculated.
Route guidance begins.
Select
Select Set as Waypoint. The destination address is set as the next intermediate destination.
Select Start New Route Guidance. The destination address is set as the new destination. The previous destination and the intermediate destinations are deleted. Route guidance to the new destination begins.
- Selecting route settings
- Select Z.
- Select Advanced.
- Select Route.
- Select the route type.
- Take traffic information into consideration with Dynamic Route Guidance r.
- Select route options with Avoid Options.
Activate Suggest Alternative Route.
Alternative routes are calculated for every route.
Alternative routes are calculated for every route.
Activate Activate Commuter Route.
If the requirements are met, the multimedia system automatically detects that the vehicle is on a commuter route. Route guidance begins without voice output. Activating route guidance with augmented reality
During route guidance, tap on the camera symbol on the media display. The camera image will be shown instead of the navigation map before a turning manoeuvre and will show additional information.
To return to the navigation map: tap on the
camera symbol again.

Displaying additional information in the camera image

Select Z.
Select Advanced.
Select Augmented Reality.
Activate Street Names and House Numbers. During route guidance, street names and house numbers are shown in the camera image.

Using map functions
Multimedia system:

Navigation
Setting the map scale

To zoom in: tap twice quickly with one finger on the media display.
To zoom out: tap with two fingers on the media display.
Moving the map
Move one finger in any direction on the touchscreen.

To reset the map to the current vehicle position:
press \ briefly.

Selecting map orientation

Tap repeatedly on the Ä compass symbol

on the map
The view changes in the sequence 3D, 2D Heading Up to 2D North Up.

Switching freeway information on/off

Select Z.
Activate or deactivate Highway Information.

Using services

There is an Internet connection.
Mercedes me connect is available.
You have set up a user account in the Mercedes me Portal.
The vehicle is connected to a user accountant you have accepted the conditions of use for the service.
Further information can be found at: https://www.mercedes.me
The service is available. R The service has been activated at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center.
The following additional conditions apply to the Parking service:
The navigation services option is available, subscribed to, and activated in the Mercedes me Portal.
The parking service is part of the scope of the Navigation Services.

Multimedia system:
Navigation
Displaying the traffic situation with Live Traffic Information

Select Z.
Activate Traffic.
Select Advanced.
Select View.
Select Map Elements
Activate Traffic Incidents, Free Flowing Traffic, and Delay.
If traffic information has been received, then traffic incidents such as roadworks, roadblocks, local reports (e.g. fog), and warning messages are displayed.
The traffic delay is displayed for the current route. Traffic delays lasting one minute or longer are taken into consideration.
Displaying hazard warnings with Car-to-X-Communication
If hazard warnings are available these can be shown as symbols on the map. The display depends on the settings for the Traffic and Traffic Incidents options.
Set the options. If Traffic is switched off and Traffic Incidents is switched on, the symbols are shown on the prospective route.
Displaying weather information and other map contents
Select Z.
Select Advanced.
Select View.
Select Map Elements.
Scroll up and show the ONLINE MAP CONTENT category.
Switch on a service, e.g. Weather.
Current weather information is displayed on the navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud cover.

Parking service
Damage to the vehicle due to not observing the maximum permitted headroom clearance If the vehicle height is greater than the maximum permitted headroom clearance, the roof and other parts of the vehicle may be damaged.

Observe the signposted headroom clearance.
If the vehicle height is greater than the permitted headroom clearance, do not enter.
Observe the changed vehicle height with add-on roof equipment.

NOTE
Vehicle damage due to failure to observe local information and parking conditions The data is based on the information provided by the respective service providers. Mercedes Benz does not guarantee the accuracy of the information provided about the car park or parking area.

Always observe the local information and conditions.
This service is not available in all countries.
Select Z and activate Parking.
Tap on j in the map.
Select a parking option.
The map shows the parking options in the vicinity.
The following information is displayed (if available):
- Destination address, distance from current vehicle position, and arrival time
- Information on the parking garage/parking Opening times
- Parking charges
- Current occupancy
- Maximum parking time
- Maximum access height

The maximum access height shown by the parking service does not replace the need for observation of the actual circumstances

Available payment options (Mercedes pay, coins, banknotes, cards)
Details on parking tariffs
Number of available parking spaces
Payment method (e.g. at parking meters)
Services/facilities at the parking option
Telephone number
Calculate the route.

Notes on the dashcam
Risk of legal consequences following a violation of legal regulations and data protection requirements You are legally responsible for the operation and use of the dashcam functions. The legal requirements relating to the operation and use of the dashcam can vary depending on the country in which the dashcam is operated.

This function is not permitted in all countries.

Before using the dashcam, read up on the content of the legal regulations, in particular the data protection requirements in the respective country of use.
Observe the legal regulations, in particular the data protection requirements.

Selecting a USB device for a video recording with the dashcam

At least one USB device is connected to the multimedia system.

Multimedia system:
Mercedes me Apps 5 Dashcam

Select the USB device.
When USB devices contain multiple partitions, recorded video files are not always displayed in the recording list. Mercedes Benz recommends that you use USB devices with one partition.

Starting or stopping video recording with the dashcam

The USB device is connected to the multimedia system.
The vehicle is switched on.

Multimedia system

Mercedes me & Apps 5 Dashcam
If several USB devices are connected to the multimedia system, select a USB device.
Select the Individual Recording or Loop

Recording recording mode

If Individual Recording is selected and the memory is full the recording stops.
If Loop Recording has been selected, several short video files are recorded. When the memory limit is reached, the oldest video file is deleted and recording is continued automatically
To start select Start Recording.

The length of the recording is shown. Please do not remove the storage medium. message appears. The video file is stored on the USB device.

To end: select End Recording
A report may appear in the following cases:
For the Individual Recording recording mode:
- the memory is full or there are only a few minutes of recording time available. The video recording stops or will be stopped imminently.
Change the USB device or delete a video file.
If a video recording has started and a national border is detected, the National Border Crossed. Please observe the country-specific regulations on video recording. message appears.
This function is not available in all countries.
The camera is not functional, and the Camera Unavailable message appears. Have the camera checked in an authorized Mercedes Benz Center.

FAQ

What is the navigation system available in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 features an advanced navigation system that provides accurate and up-to-date mapping, as well as a range of other features to enhance your driving experience.

What type of display screen does the navigation system have?
The navigation system includes a large high-resolution display screen.

Is the navigation system voice-activated?
Yes, the system includes voice-activated controls.

Does the navigation system have real-time traffic updates?
Yes, the navigation system includes real-time traffic updates.

What are 3D maps in the navigation system?
3D maps provide a more realistic view of your surroundings and help you to better navigate complex intersections and roadways.

What other features are included in the navigation system?
The system includes a variety of other features such as points of interest, weather updates, and speed limit information.

What is the benefit of Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility allow you to easily integrate your smartphone with the vehicle’s navigation system for seamless connectivity and access to your favourite apps and music.

How accurate is the mapping in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system?
The mapping in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system is accurate and up-to-date.

Can the navigation system be updated?
Yes, the navigation system can be updated to ensure that you have the latest maps and software.

What is the benefit of having a navigation system in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The navigation system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 allows you to easily find your way to your destination and provides a more enjoyable driving experience.

Is the navigation system user-friendly?
Yes, the navigation system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is designed to be user-friendly and easy to use.

Can you save your favourite destinations in the navigation system?
Yes, you can save your favourite destinations in the navigation system for quick and easy access.

Can you customize the settings in the navigation system?
Yes, you can customize the settings in the navigation system to suit your preferences.

What is the size of the display screen in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system?
The display screen in the E-Class Sedan 2023 navigation system is large and high-resolution for optimal visibility.

Are there any other features of the E-Class Sedan 2023 that work in conjunction with the navigation system?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 also features a heads-up display that can provide navigation instructions, as well as other important information, such as vehicle speed and fuel level.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Settings System

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 System Settings

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxurious vehicle that boasts a range of advanced features, including customizable system settings. The vehicle’s central display screen enables you to access and personalize various settings using the touchpad controller or voice commands. One of the key features of the E-Class Sedan 2023‘s system settings is its driving modes. The vehicle offers five driving modes: Comfort, Eco, Sport, Sport+, and Individual. Each mode adjusts settings such as the throttle response, suspension, and steering to deliver a unique driving experience. The E-Class Sedan 2023 also comes equipped with a dual-zone automatic climate control system that allows both the driver and front passenger to adjust the temperature and air distribution. Meanwhile, rear passengers can use their climate control system with separate controls. Customizable lighting settings are another feature of the E-Class Sedan 2023‘s system settings. The vehicle’s ambient lighting can be adjusted to any of the 64 different colours available to create a personalized cabin atmosphere. Additionally, the vehicle’s exterior lighting system can automatically adjust to different driving conditions, such as switching on the high beams when driving on a dark road. Overall, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023‘s system settings enable you to customize your driving experience, creating a luxurious and personalized ride.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

System Settings

Overview of the System Settings Menu
In the system settings menu, you can make settings in the following menus and control elements:

Display
Styles
Instrument lighting
Display brightness
Edge lighting
Day/night design

Control elements:

Keyboard language and handwriting recognition
Sensitivity of the touchpad
Sensitivity of the Touch Controls
Voice Control System
Sound
Entertainment
Navigation and traffic announcements
Telephone
Voice amplification to the rear
Connectivity:
Wi-Fi, Bluetooth®, NFC
Time & date
Language
Units for distance
Software updates
Data import/export
PIN protection
System reset

Information on important system updates
Important system updates may be necessary for the security of your multimedia system’s data. Install these updates, or else the security of your multimedia system cannot be ensured.

A system update consists of three steps:

Downloading or copying of the data required for installation
Installation of the downloaded system update
Activation of the downloaded system update by restarting the system
If automatic software updates are activated, the system updates will be downloaded automatically.
The multimedia system provides a message when a system update is available.
You have the following selection options:
Accept and Install
The system update will be downloaded in the background.

Information
Information about the pending system update is displayed.

Later
The system update can be downloaded manually at a later time. Deep system updates access vehicle or system settings and can therefore only be carried out when the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is switched off.

If the download of a deep system update is complete and the downloaded system update is ready for installation, you will be informed of this after the next ignition cycle, for example.
Park the vehicle safely in a suitable location before starting the installation.

Requirements for the installation:

The vehicle is switched off.
Notes and warnings have been read and accepted.
The electric parking brake has been applied.
If all requirements have been fulfilled, the down-loaded system update is installed. The multimedia system cannot be operated while the downloaded system update is being installed and vehicle functions are restricted.
If errors should occur during the installation, the multimedia system automatically attempts to restore the previous version.
If restoration of the previous version is not possible, a symbol appears on the media display.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop to resolve the problem.

Setting up a Wi-Fi hotspot
Requirements:

To set up the Wi-Fi connection of the multimedia system with external hotspots: your vehicle does not have a permanently installed communication module.

Activating/deactivating Wi-Fi
Connecting the multimedia system with an external hotspot using Wi-Fi The type of connection established must be selected on the multimedia system and on the device to be connected.

The connection procedure may differ depending on the device. Follow the instructions that are shown in the display. Further information can be found in the manufacturer’s operating instructions.

Select Internet Settings.
Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
Select Add Hotspot. Connecting using a QR code
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect using the QR code.
Scan the displayed QR code with the device to be connected. The Wi-Fi connection is established.
Connecting using a security key
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect Using the Security Key.
Have the security key displayed on the device to be connected (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Enter this security key on the multimedia system.
Confirm the entry with Connecting using a WPS PIN
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect via WPS PIN Input.
The multimedia system generates an eight-digit PIN.
Enter this PIN on the device to be connected.
Confirm the entry.
Connecting using a button
Select option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Select Connect via WPS PBC.
Select “Connect via WPS PBC” in the options on the device to be connected (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Press the WPS button on the device to be connected.
Select Continue in the multimedia system.

Activating automatic connection

Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
Select the option r of the desired Wi-Fi network.
Activate Permanent Internet Connection. Connecting with a known Wi-Fi network
Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
Select a Wi-Fi network.

The connection is established again.
Configuring the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hot-spot for external devices The type of connection established depends on the device to be connected. The function must be supported by the multimedia system and by the device to be connected. The type of connection established must be selected on the multimedia system and on the device to be connected.

Select Vehicle Hotspot

Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot.
Connecting using WPS PIN generation

Select Connect via WPS PIN Generation.
Enter the PIN shown in the media display on the device to be connected and confirm.

Connecting using WPS PIN entry

Select Connect via WPS PIN Input.
Enter the PIN that is shown on the external device’s display on the multimedia system.

Connecting using a button

Select Connect via WPS PBC.
Press the push button on the device to be

connected (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions

Select Continue.
Connecting using a security key
Select Connect Device to Vehicle Hotspot.

A security key is displayed

Select the vehicle from the device to be connected. The vehicle is displayed with the DIRECT-MBUX X network name.
Enter the security key which is shown in the media display on the device to be connected.
Confirm the entry.

Connecting using NFC

Select Connect via NFC.
Activate NFC on the mobile device (see the manufacturer’s operating instructions).
Hold the device to be connected to the vehicle’s NFC interface.
Select Finished.

The mobile device is now connected to the multimedia system hotspot via NFC Generating a new security key

Select Vehicle Hotspot.
Select Generate Security Key.
A connection will be established with the newly created security key.

To save a security key: select Save

When a new security key is saved, all existing Wi-Fi connections are then disconnected. If the Wi-Fi connections are being re-established, the new security key must be entered System language.

Notes on the system language
This function allows you to determine the language for the menu displays and the navigation announcements. The selected language affects the characters available for entry. The navigation announcements are not available in all languages. If a language is not available, the navigation announcements will be in English.

Setting the system language

Multimedia system:
Home > Settings > System > Language

Set the language.
If you are using Arabic map data, the text information can also be shown in Arabic on the navigation map. To do so, select العربية as the language from the language list. Navigation announcements are then also made in Arabic. Resetting the multimedia system (reset function)

WARNING

Risk of accidents due to failure of multimedia display functions While the multimedia system is being reset, its functions such as the rearview camera are not available.
Only reset the multimedia system when the vehicle is stationary.

Home > Settings > System > Reset.

Personal data is deleted, for example:

Station presets
Connected mobile phones
Vehicles with rear telephony handset connection
Individual user profiles
The guest profile is reset when the settings are restored to the factory settings.
Vehicles with rear telephony: The handset must be in the cradle while the system is reset.
A prompt appears again asking whether you really wish to reset.
Select Yes. The multimedia system is reset to the factory settings. If you have set a PIN for your system, this will also be reset.

FAQ

What are the system settings in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The system settings in the E-Class Sedan 2023 refer to a variety of customizable features related to the vehicle’s driving modes, climate control, lighting, and more.

How do you access the system settings in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The system settings can be accessed through the central display screen using the touchpad controller or voice commands.

What are the different driving modes available in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 comes with five different driving modes: Comfort, Eco, Sport, Sport+, and Individual.

What do the different driving modes adjust in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
Each driving mode adjusts settings such as the throttle response, suspension, and steering to provide a different driving experience.

Does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have a dual-zone automatic climate control system?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 features a dual-zone automatic climate control system that allows the driver and front passenger to adjust the temperature and air distribution to their liking.

What other climate control features are available in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The vehicle also features a separate climate control system for rear passengers with their own controls.

Can the ambient lighting in the E-Class Sedan 2023 be customized?
Yes, the ambient lighting in the vehicle can be adjusted to one of 64 different colors to create a personalized cabin atmosphere.

What is the exterior lighting system in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The exterior lighting system can automatically adjust to different driving conditions, such as turning on the high beams when driving on a dark road.

Can the system settings be customized for individual drivers?
Yes, the Individual driving mode allows drivers to customize the driving experience to their preferences.

What is the touchpad controller in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The touchpad controller is a feature that allows drivers to access and control the system settings using a touchpad located on the center console.

What is the voice command feature in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The voice command feature allows drivers to access and control the system settings using voice commands.

Can the system settings be saved for future use?
Yes, the vehicle’s system settings can be saved and recalled for future use.

What is the purpose of the adaptive suspension in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The adaptive suspension adjusts the suspension settings based on driving conditions to provide a smoother and more comfortable ride.

What is the 360-degree camera feature in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The 360-degree camera feature provides a bird’s-eye view of the vehicle’s surroundings to assist with parking and manoeuvring.

Can the system settings be accessed and controlled remotely?
Yes, the Mercedes Me Connect app allows drivers to access and control various system settings remotely from their smartphone or other device.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Overview and Operation Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Overview and Operation

Mercedes-Benz E-class. The four-door sedan, two-door coupe, and two-door convertible body styles that make up the E-class family all provide a sense of lavish comfort and a long list of options that enable customers to tailor their car to their taste. Start with the engine choices: the E350 sedan is powered by a 255-hp inline-four; the E450 sedan is blessed with a 362-hp version of Mercedes’s silken 3.0-liter inline-six. The slinky coupe and the soft-top convertible come only in E450, six-cylinder form. The E-class comes with a good-sized helping of luxury items ranging from a glove-compartment cool box to a power-adjustable steering column. Surprisingly, however, some things you would expect to be standard in this price class turn out to be optional, like leather upholstery and the more sophisticated of Mercedes’s driver assists. The E-class is a tranquil, comfort-first cruiser, so those with a need for speed should check out the AMG E53 for its amplified performance. But if it’s a beautifully crafted luxury automobile you’re after—with a pedigree to match—the E-class has always been and remains a compelling choice.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Overview and Operation

Notes on the MBUX multimedia system

WARNING
Risk of distraction from information systems and communications equipment If you operate information systems and communication devices integrated in the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation. This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.
If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the multimedia system. Depending on the equipment, the scope of function and product designation of your MBUX multi-media system may differ from the description and images in this Operator’s Manual. For example, route guidance with augmented reality is not available in all equipment variants.

Overview of the MBUX Multimedia System

Touch Control and control panel for the MBUX multimedia system
Media display with touch functionality
Switch panel with buttons for telephone, navigation, radio/media, vehicle functions/system settings and favourites/themes
Touchpad
Controller
- Turn: adjusts the volume
- Press: switches sound on or off
  For Mercedes-AMG vehicles with AMG Performance exhaust system:
Switches the MBUX multimedia system or media display on or off
For Mercedes-AMG vehicles with AMG Performance exhaust system: ö button
- Sets the sound characteristic of the AMG Performance exhaust system

Further operating options:

Conducting a voice dialogue with the Voice Control System.
Operating functions contact-free with the MBUX Interior Assistant.

You can find further information about operation as well as about applications and services in the Digital Operator’s Manual.

Anti-theft Protection
This device is equipped with technical provisions to protect it against theft. Further information on anti-theft protection can be obtained from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Home Screen Overview

Depending on the display, calls up the first three applications or the home screen
Calls up the profile
Calls up the global search network display, battery status of the mobile
SOS NOT READY (only when the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is not available)
Mercedes me connect active
Transmission of vehicle position active
Signal strength of the mobile phone network, phone connected, time
Calls up the Notifications Center
Calls up an application using the symbol
Application and current information
Quick-access, e.g. enter a home address
Index points and selected display area
Calls up the air conditioning menu E Calls up SUGGESTIONS, THEMES and FAVORITES

If Mercedes connect 5 is active, the vehicle is linked with Mercedes I connect. Vehicle data is then transmitted to the back-end system. What data is transmitted depends on which services are activated. Further details can be found in the Mercedes me connect terms and conditions and data protection information. The function is country-dependent.
If the transmission of vehicle position 6 is active, Mercedes connect services have been activated for this vehicle which accesses the vehicle’s geo position. In which instances the geo position is transmitted depends on the particular services. Further details can be found in the Mercedes me connect terms and conditions and data protection information. The function is country-dependent.

Operating the MBUX Multimedia System
Using Touch Control

Shows the home screen
Touch Control =9Ì: swipe in the direction of the arrow (navigate) a Press (confirm)
Returns to the previous display
Makes or accepts a call ~ Rejects or ends a call
To increase volume: swipe upwards To reduce volume: swipe down to switch off the sound: press the button
Starts the Voice Control System
- Calls up favourites (press briefly) or adds favourites and themes (press and hold)

To operate Touch Control 2 most effectively, use the tip of your thumb if possible. Navigation through the menus is carried out with Touch Control 2 with single-finger swipes.

To select a menu option: swipe and press.
To move the digital map: swipe in any direction.

Using the touchscreen

Select menu options, symbols or characters by pressing briefly.
To navigate in menus: swipe up, down, left or right.
To use handwriting to enter characters: write the character with one finger on the touchscreen.
To zoom in and out of the map: move two fingers together or apart.
To call up the global menu: press and hold on the touchscreen until the OPTIONS menu appears.
For more information on operation, please refer to the Digital Operator’s Manual.

Using the Touchpad

Returns to the previous display
Calls up the audio control menu
Calls up the home screen
Touchpad
# To select a menu option: swipe and press.

To use handwriting recognition: write a character on the touchpad.

To open or close the Notifications Center: swipe down or up with two fingers.
To zoom in and out of the map: move two fingers together or apart.

Calling up applications using buttons

Button calls up the telephone
The button calls up the navigation
Button calls up radio or media
The button calls up vehicle functions
Button

Press briefly: calls up favourites
Press and hold: add a favourite or creates a new theme

Alternatively, tap © on the touchscreen.
Call up the application.

Functions of the Voice Control System

WARNING
Risk of distraction from information systems and communications equipment. If you operate information systems and communication devices integrated into the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation. This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.
If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

For your safety, always observe the following points when operating mobile communications equipment especially your voice control system:

Observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are driving.
If you use the voice control system in an emergency your voice can change and your telephone call, e.g. an emergency call, can thereby be delayed.
Familiarize yourself with the voice control system functions before starting the journey. With the Voice Control System, various applications in the MBUX multimedia system are operable using voice input. The Voice Control System is operational approximately thirty seconds after the ignition is switched on and is available for the driver’s seat and front passenger seat.

The following multimedia system applications can be operated:

Telephone
Text messages and e-mail
Navigation
Address book R Radio
Media
Vehicle functions

Starting the Voice Control System

Press 1.
or

Say “Hello Mercedes”.

Overview of the MBUX Interior Assistant

WARNING
Risk of injury from the camera’s laser radiation
This product uses a classification 1 laser system. If the housing is opened or damaged, laser radiation may damage your retina.

Do not open the housing.
Always have maintenance work and repairs carried out by a qualified specialist workshop.

This product complies with the requirements of the FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except the variations according to the FDA Laser Notice No. 50 from 24. June 2007. The camera is located in the overhead control panel. If the vehicle is equipped with the MBUX Interior Assistant, selected functions of the multimedia system can be operated contact-free. The MBUX Interior Assistant can differentiate between driver and front passenger interactions and detect specific hand positions (poses). System limits, display messages, and notes for rectification

The system may be impaired or may not function in the following situations:

The camera in the overhead control panel may heat up due to operating conditions. As a result, the camera may switch off temporarily, particularly during long periods of operation and at high outside temperatures. Do not touch or cover the camera and wait until the camera has cooled down and is available again.
The camera is covered, dirty, fogged up or scratched.
Wait until the camera has cooled down before cleaning the camera lens. Clean the outside of the camera lens with a dry or damp cotton cloth. Do not use microfiber cloths. Do not remove the cover when cleaning.
R Recognition can be impaired by reflective clothing, an adverse colour of clothing or accessories, for example.
Clothing being worn (hat, shawl, scarf) may be limiting the detection area of the camera. Keep the camera’s field of vision clear.
The camera is not operational. Consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

The MBUX Interior Assistant supports the following interactions:

Interaction area	Interaction	Description
In front of the media display or above the touchpad	Proximity to the control element	The Interior Assistant recognizes the approach of the hand towards a control element. Depending on the active application, the display will be adjusted in the media display. Some functions differentiate between the driver and the front passenger. No specific hand position is required.
Above the centre console	Defined pose	A favourite is called up with a defined pose.
Below the inside rearview mirror	Brief up and down movements	With brief up and down movements below the inside rearview mirror, the reading light for the driver or the front passenger is switched on or off.
Above the front passenger seat	Stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat	By stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat the searchlight is switched on. If you withdraw a hand from this area, the searchlight is switched off again.

Switching the reading light and searchlight on or off

Requirements:

For the reading light:
- The function is available when it is dark.
- The hand movement takes place in the interaction area below the inside rearview mirror.
For the searchlight:
- The function is available when it is dark.
- The hand movement takes place in the interaction area above the front passenger seat.
- The seat belt on the front passenger seat must not be inserted in the seat belt buckle.

Switching the reading light on and off

Briefly move a hand up or down beneath the inside rearview mirror.
The reading light is switched on or off for the driver or the front passenger.

Switching the searchlight on and off

To switch on: reach across the front passenger seat with a hand.
The searchlight is switched on for the driver.
To switch off: take a hand back away from the front passenger seat.
The searchlight is switched off again.

Information on profiles, themes, suggestions, and favourites
For electrically adjustable seats observe the following notes.

WARNING
Risk of becoming trapped during adjustment of the driver’s seat after calling up a driver profile Selecting a user profile may trigger an adjustment of the driver’s seat to the position saved under the user profile. You or other vehicle occupants could be injured in the process.

Make sure that when the position of the driver’s seat is being adjusted using the multimedia system, no people or body parts are in the seat’s range of movement.

If a person is in danger of becoming trapped, immediately stop the adjustment process by:

Tapping the warning message on the media display.
or
Pressing a position button of the memory function or a seat adjustment switch in the driver’s door.
The adjustment process is stopped.

The driver’s seat is equipped with an access preventer. If the driver’s door is open, the driver’s seat will not be set after calling up the driver’s profile. Profiles store your vehicle settings and settings for the multimedia system. If the vehicle is used by several drivers, the driver can select their own profile without changing the stored profile settings of other drivers. Information on profiles from Mercedes I connect can be found in the Digital Operator’s Manual. Vehicle settings are, for example, driver’s seat, steering wheel and mirror settings, climate control, and ambient lighting. For the settings of the multi-media system, you can select, for example, radio stations, previous destinations as well as themes, suggestions, and favourites. For recurring driving situations, such as long drives on the freeway, you can save your preferred settings in a theme in the vehicle. In a theme, you can save the display of the digital map, your preferred radio station and your preferred drive program, for example. The vehicle can learn the habits of the driver. It then offers suggestions for the most probable navigation destinations, media sources, radio stations or contacts. The pre-requirements for that are the selection of a profile, your consent to the recording of data, and sufficient collected data. Favourites provide quick access to applications that are used often. You can select favourites from categories or add them directly to an application.

Configuring profiles, themes, and suggestions

Multimedia system:
- 4© 5 f Profiles
Creating a new profile

- Select W Create Profile.
- Select an avatar.
- Enter the name and confirm with a. # Select Continue r .
- Select Current Settings.
- Select Save.
- Activate Bluetooth® and select Connect Phone, to connect a mobile phone with the user profile.
- Select Finish.

Selecting profile options

Select Ä for a profile.

The following functions are available:

Editing, resetting, or deleting a profile
Resetting themes or favourites
Configuring suggestions

Configuring suggestions

Select Ä for a profile.
Select Suggestion Settings.
Switch Allow Destination Suggestions, Allow Music Suggestions, and Allow Contact Suggestions on or off.
To deactivate the learning function for one day: activate Dealt. Learning for 24 h. For 24 hours no new actions will be trained and no data recorded for the active profile. Suggestions will continue to be shown.
For example: if the option is switched on and a route to a new destination has been calculated, this destination would not be taken into account for the learning function.

Creating new themes

Select ©.
Select THEMES.
Select W Create Theme.

The settings saved in the theme are shown.

Select Continue.
Select Audio and Navigation store the active settings in the theme.
Select Continue.
Select an entry screen.
Select Continue.
Select an image.
Enter the names into the entry field and confirm.
Select Save.

FAQ

What is the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxury executive sedan that combines elegant design, cutting-edge technology, and exceptional performance.

What are the available trim levels for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The available trim levels for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 include the E 350, E 450 4MATIC, AMG E 53 4MATIC+, and AMG E 63 S 4MATIC+.

What engine options are available for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E 350 comes with a 2.0L inline-4 turbo engine, while the E 450 and AMG E 53 are equipped with a 3.0L inline-6 turbo engine. The AMG E 63 S features a 4.0L V8 biturbo engine.

What is the fuel economy for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The fuel economy varies depending on the engine and trim level, but the E 350 gets an EPA-estimated 25 mpg in the city and 35 mpg on the highway, while the E 450 4MATIC gets 23 mpg in the city and 31 mpg on the highway.

What transmission is available for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
All models come with a 9-speed automatic transmission.

What are the dimensions of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan is 193.8 inches long, 72.9 inches wide, and 57.8 inches tall, with a wheelbase of 115.7 inches.

What are the standard and available safety features for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Standard safety features include adaptive cruise control, forward collision warning, automatic emergency braking, blind-spot monitoring, and lane departure warning. Available features include a surround-view camera, adaptive headlights, and parking assist.

What are the standard and available infotainment features for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
Standard features include a 12.3-inch touchscreen display, Apple CarPlay, Android Auto, navigation, and a premium sound system. Available features include a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster, a head-up display, and wireless device charging.

What is the starting price of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The starting price for the E 350 is around $57,000, while the E 450 4MATIC starts at around $61,000. The AMG E 53 starts at around $74,000, and the AMG E 63 S starts at around $107,000.

What is the maximum seating capacity of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan can seat up to five passengers.

What is the maximum cargo capacity of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan offers 13.1 cubic feet of trunk space.

What is the maximum towing capacity of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan is not rated for towing.

What is the warranty coverage for the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan comes with a 4-year/50,000-mile basic warranty and a 4-year/50,000-mile drivetrain warranty.

What is the expected release date of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is expected to be released in

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual
Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Display and on-board Computer System

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Display and on-board

The onboard computer system and cutting-edge display of the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan are intended to improve the driving experience. This system offers access to entertainment, navigation, and vehicle settings through a high-resolution display that blends in seamlessly with the dashboard. Interaction is simple and easy because to sophisticated features including voice control, touch-sensitive controls, and an intuitive interface. The onboard computer makes sure the driver is always informed by providing real-time statistics on the vehicle’s performance, fuel efficiency, and maintenance requirements. Mercedes-Benz’s dedication to luxury, convenience, and cutting-edge automotive innovation is embodied in this technological integration.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Instrument Display and on-board Computer

Notes on the instrument display and onboard computer
Risk of the accident if the instrument display fails If the instrument display has failed or is malfunctioning, function restrictions in systems relevant to safety cannot be detected. The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired.

Drive on carefully.
Has the vehicle been checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop?

WARNING
Risk of distraction from information systems and communications equipment If you operate information systems and communication devices integrated into the vehicle when driving, you could be distracted from the traffic situation. This could also cause you to lose control of the vehicle.# Only operate this equipment when the traffic situation permits.

If you cannot be sure of this, stop the vehicle whilst paying attention to road and traffic conditions and operate the equipment with the vehicle stationary.

NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers. You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the onboard computer.
The onboard computer shows only display messages and warnings from specific systems on the instrument display. You must therefore ensure that your vehicle is always safe to operate.
If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired, park the vehicle immediately and by the traffic conditions. Contact a qualified specialist workshop.

Overview of the instrument display

Speedometer The segments on the speedometer indicate the statuses of the following systems: cruise control/limiter/Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Index points
Outside temperature
Time

Area for additional values (example: tachometer): tachometer/navigation/ECO display/consumption/G-meter/date
The fuel supply will be interrupted to protect the engine when the red mark on the tachometer (overrevving range) is reached.

Coolant temperature display During normal operation, coolant temperature display 6 is permitted to rise to the red mark.
Vehicles with 48 V on-board electrical system: POWER and CHARGE displays (electrical drive support and recuperation power of the electric motor)
Selected drive program8 Selected transmission position

Center display area of the instrument display(example: standard display for a trip): assistance/telephone/navigation/trip/media/radio/styles and displays/service/possible settings for head-up display A Fuel level and fuel filler flap location indicator

Overview of buttons on the steering wheel
Depending on the equipment, the layout and the design of the control elements on the steering wheel may differ.

Control panel for cruise control or Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.
G Back button, on-board computer
Touch Control, onboard computer
To navigate: swipe
To confirm: press a
Main menu, onboard computer
Home screen, MBUX multimedia system6 Touch Control, MBUX multimedia system
To navigate: swipe
To confirm: press a
Back button, MBUX multimedia system 8 Control panel for the MBUX multimedia system
Voice Control System9 To adjust the brightness of the instrument lighting

Operating the onboard computer
Observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the onboard computer.

The onboard computer is operated using the left-hand Touch Control and the left-hand back/home button. When the onboard computer is being operated, different acoustic signals will sound as operating feedback, e.g. when you reach the end of a list. To operate Touch Control most effectively, use the tip of your thumb if possible.

The following menus are available:

Assistance
Phone
Navigation
Trip

Radio

Media
Service
Vehicles with an instrument display in the widescreen cockpit: Designs
You can find information about the possible settings and selections on the menus in the Digital Operator’s Manual.

The menus can be called up from the menu bar on the instrument display:

To call up the menu bar: press the left-hand back button until the menu bar is displayed.
Vehicles without Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC: press the ò button to call up the menu bar of the onboard computer.
To scroll on the menu bar: swipe to the left or right on the left-hand Touch Control.
To call up a menu, submenu or possible settings on the menu, or confirm a selection or setting: press the left-hand Touch Control.
To scroll through displays or lists on the menu, or select display content, a function, an entry or a display: swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To exit a submenu: press the left-hand back button.

Operating the head-up display

To switch on the head-up display: swipe upwards on the menu bar on the left-hand Touch Control.
To switch to the head-up display: swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To set the display areas of the head-up display: swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control. Displaying full-screen menus
You can display the following menus full-screen on the instrument display:
Assistance
Trip
Navigation
On the corresponding menu, use the left-hand Touch Control to scroll to the end of the list.
Press the left-hand Touch Control.
The selected menu will be displayed full-screen.

Overview of displays on the instrument display
Displays on the instrument display:

Active Parking Assist activated
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC deactivated
Cruise control
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Active Brake Assist
Active Steering Assist
Active Stop-and-Go Assist
Active Lane Keeping Assist ± Active Lane
Change Assist
Operational readiness of the 48 V on-board
electrical system drive system
ECO start/stop function
HOLD function
Adaptive High beam Assist
Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus
Vehicles with Traffic Sign Assist: detected instructions and traffic signs.
For an overview of the indicator and warning lamps, see.

Head-up Display
The function of the head-up display

NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

The head-up display projects the following information into the driver’s field of vision above the cockpit, for example:

Driving speed
Information from the navigation system

Information from the driving systems and driving safety systems

Some warning messages
Depending on the vehicle’s equipment, different content may be shown in the three areas of the head-up display.

Display content

Navigation instructions
Current speed
Detected instructions and traffic signs 4 Set speed in the driving system (e.g. cruise control)

System limits
The visibility of the displays will be affected by the following conditions:

Seat position
Image position setting
Ambient light
Wet road surface
Objects on the display cover
Polarization in sunglasses
In extreme sunlight, sections of the display may appear washed out. You can correct this by switching the head-up display off and on again. Setting the head-up display using the onboard computer On-board computer.

HEAD-UP DISPLAY
The following head-up display settings or displays can be selected or shown:

Position
Brightness
Messages
Assistance status
Telephone
Audio
Voice Control System
To select the settings menu: swipe to the right on the left-hand Touch Control. Settings menu 5 will be selected.
To call up the Settings menu: press the left-hand Touch Control.
To adjust the position: swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To adjust the brightness: swipe to the left or right on the left-hand Touch Control.

Setting messages, assistance status, telephone, audio, and the Voice Control System:

Press the left-hand Touch Control. The list of setting options will be displayed.
Swipe upwards or downwards on the left-hand Touch Control.
To choose settings: press the left-hand Touch Control.
Selecting what the head-up display shows

(Example)

Switching the head-up display on/off 2 Left display area

Navigation system Average consumption G-meter3 Central display area

Speedometer
Set speed in the driver assistance system, e.g. cruise control Warnings from driver assistance systems, e.g. distance warning Right display area

Traffic Sign Assist Assistant display

To adjust the position, brightness, and lower display area
Index points
Lower display area (example: left display area) You can hide display areas 2 to 4 that are not required.
In audio mode, the station name or track will be shown temporarily when the audio source is being actively operated. In addition, the latest calls will be displayed when the telephone list on the instrument display is actively operated.
Swipe upwards on left-hand Touch Control. # Press the left-hand Touch Control.

Switching the Head-up Display on/off via the multimedia system

Multimedia system: 4© 5 Settings 5 Quick Access Select HUD.
The Head-up Display is activated.

FAQ

Switching the Head-up Display on/off via the multimedia system

Multimedia system: 4© 5 Settings 5 Quick Access Select HUD.
The Head-up Display is activated.

What type of display does the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan feature?

It features a high-resolution, widescreen digital display integrated into the dashboard.

Is the display in the 2023 E-Class touchscreen?

Yes, the display operates with touchscreen functionality for ease of use.

Can the onboard computer be controlled by voice commands?

Yes, the system supports voice control for hands-free operation.

Does the display support smartphone integration?

Yes, it offers smartphone integration via Apple CarPlay and Android Auto.

Is there a navigation system included in the onboard computer?

Yes, the onboard computer includes an advanced navigation system.

Can the driver customize the display?

Yes, the display is customizable, allowing drivers to choose which information is displayed.

Does the system offer real-time traffic updates?

Yes, the navigation system provides real-time traffic updates.

Are there any driver-assist features displayed on the screen?

Yes, driver-assist features such as lane keeping and collision warning are displayed.

Is there a heads-up display option available?

Yes, a heads-up display is available, projecting essential information onto the windshield.

Does the display show vehicle health and maintenance alerts?

Yes, it provides alerts regarding vehicle health and maintenance needs.

Is there wireless charging capability for smartphones?

Yes, the vehicle includes wireless charging for compatible devices.

Can rear-seat passengers control any features from the display?

Certain models may offer rear-seat controls for entertainment and comfort features.

Does the system provide access to online services or apps?

Yes, it connects to various online services and apps for enhanced functionality.

How is the audio system controlled through the onboard computer?

The audio system can be controlled via the touchscreen, voice commands, or steering wheel controls.

Is there a learning feature that adapts to the driver’s preferences?

Some models may include a learning feature that adapts settings based on the driver’s habits.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Blind Spot Guidelines

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Blind Spot Assist

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxurious and technologically advanced vehicle that prioritizes safety to ensure a secure and comfortable driving experience. One of the most noteworthy safety features of the car is the Blind Spot and Exit Warning system, which is designed to prevent accidents caused by blind spots and opening doors into traffic. This system uses radar sensors to detect any objects in the driver’s blind spot and sends alerts to the driver via both visual and audible signals. It also warns the driver and passengers if there is a risk of opening a door into the path of an oncoming vehicle or cyclist. By incorporating this advanced technology, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 offers exceptional safety and reassurance for both the driver and passengers.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist with Exit Warning

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist use two lateral, rear-facing radar sensors to monitor the area up to 130 ft. (40 m) behind and 10 ft. (3 m) next to your vehicle. If a vehicle is detected at speeds above approximately 8 mph (12 km/h) and this vehicle subsequently enters the monitoring range directly next to your vehicle, the warning lamp in the outside mirror lights up red.

Permanent status display in the instrument cluster:

(grey): the system is activated but inoperative
(green): the system is activated and operational

If a vehicle is detected close to your vehicle and you switch on the turn signal indicator in the corresponding direction, a double warning tone sounds and the red warning lamp in the outside mirror flashes. If the turn signal indicator remains switched on, all other detected vehicles are indicated only by the flashing of the red warning lamp. If you overtake a vehicle quickly, no warning is given.

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite Active Blind Spot Assist Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to the following:

If you overtake a vehicle too closely so that it is in the blind spot area
If vehicles travelling at a much faster speed approach and then overtake
Active Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings or intervene in such situations.
Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation and maintain a safe distance at the side of the vehicle.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.
Exit warning The exit warning is an additional function of Blind Spot Assist and can warn vehicle occupants about approaching vehicles when leaving the vehicle when stationary.

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite exit warning The exit warning neither reacts to stationary objects nor to persons or road users approaching you at a greatly differing speed. The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these situations.

Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation when opening the doors and make sure there is sufficient clearance.
If there is a vehicle in the monitoring range, this is indicated in the outside mirror.
If a vehicle occupant opens the door on the side with the warning, a warning tone sounds and the warning lamp in the outside mirror starts to flash. This additional function is only available when Blind Spot Assist is active. When the exit warning is activated, it can warn vehicle occupants for up to three minutes after switching the vehicle off. The exit warning is no longer available once the warning lamp in the outside mirror flashes three times.
The exit warning is only an aid and not a substitute for the attention of vehicle occupants. The responsibility for opening and closing the doors and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehicle occupants.

System limits
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist may be limited in the following situations, in particular:

if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors are obscured
in poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or snow
if there are narrow vehicles, e.g. bicycles or motorbikes
if the road has very wide or narrow lanes
if vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane
Warnings may be issued in error when driving close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane borders. Always make sure that there is sufficient distance to the side for other traffic or obstacles.
Warnings may be interrupted when driving alongside long vehicles, for example, trucks, for a prolonged time.
Blind Spot Assist is not operational when the reverse gear is engaged.
The exit warning may be limited in the following situations:
when the sensors are covered by adjacent vehicles in narrow parking spaces
when people approach the vehicle
in the event of stationary or slowly moving

The function of the brake application (Active Blind Spot Assist)
If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side impact in the monitoring range, a course-correcting brake application is carried out. This is designed to help you avoid a collision. The course-correcting brake application is available in the speed range between approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) and 125 mph (200 km/h).

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite brake application of Active Blind Spot Assist A course-correcting brake application cannot always prevent a collision.

Always steer, brake or accelerate yourself, especially if Active Blind Spot Assist warns you or makes a course-correcting brake application.
Always maintain a safe distance at the sides.

If a course-correcting brake application occurs, the red warning lamp flashes in the outside mirror and a warning tone sounds. In addition, display 1 indicating the danger of a side collision appears in the Instrument Display. In rare cases, the system may make an inappropriate brake application. This brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction or accelerate.

System limits
Note the system limitations of Active Blind Spot Assist; you may otherwise not recognize the dangers. Either a course-correcting brake application appropriate to the driving situation or none at all, may occur in the following situations:

Vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are located on both sides of your vehicle.
A vehicle approaches too closely on the side.
You have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds.
You brake or accelerate significantly.
A driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP® or Active Brake Assist.
ESP® is deactivated.
A loss of tire pressure or a defective tire is detected.

Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist
Multimedia system: 4© 5 Settings 5 Assistance

Activate or deactivate Blind Spot Assist.
Activate or deactivate Act. Blind Spot Assist.

Active Lane-keeping Assist
The function of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking assistance system that monitors the area surrounding your vehicle and shows you the distance between the vehicle and a detected obstacle visually and audibly. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is not a substitute for your attention to the surroundings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains with you. Make sure that there are no persons, animals or objects in the manoeuvring area while manoeuvring and parking in/exiting parking spaces. The passive side impact protection also warns you of obstacles to the side. During the parking procedure or manoeuvring, objects are detected as the vehicle drives past. If you steer in the direction of a detected obstacle and there is a risk of a lateral collision, a warning is issued. For an object on the side to be detected, the sensors in the front and rear bumper must first detect the object while you are driving past it. For front or rear obstacles to the side to be displayed, the vehicle must first travel a distance of at least half a vehicle length. Once the vehicle has travelled one vehicle length, obstacles on all sides can be shown.

Displays on the media display

Vehicles with 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera
As soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is operational, the respective areas of the display are shown in blue.

Operational, front and rear
Operational, all around
Obstacles detected at the front left and on the right-hand side
The colour of the display changes depending on the distance to the detected obstacle:
Blue: > 3.3 f t (1 m) (no obstacles detected) R Yellow: approximately 3.3 f t (1 m) – 2.3 f t

Orange: approximately 2.3 f t (0.7 m) – 1.2 f t(0.4 m)

Red: <1.2 f t (0.4 m)
Vehicles with 360° camera: the boundary line shifts dynamically depending on the position and distance of the obstacles detected.
Depending on the distance to the obstacle detected, an intermittent warning tone also sounds. You can set the timing of the warnings in the multimedia system.

Standard setting:

Front and sides: < 1.2 f t (0.4 m)
Rear: < 3.3 f t (1 m)
Warn Early All Around:
Front: < 3.3 f t (1 m)
Sides: < 2.3 f t (0.7 m)
Rear: < 3.3 f t (1 m)
A continuous warning tone sounds from a distance of approximately 0.7 f t (0.2 m), regardless of the selected setting.

Vehicles with 360° camera

Vehicles without 360° camera

If an obstacle in the vehicle path is detected and the Camera &

The parking menu is not open on the media display, pop-up window 1 appears:

vehicles without Active Parking Assist: at speeds below 8 mph (12 km/h)
vehicles with Active Parking Assist: at speeds below 11 mph (18 km/h)

Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately 3.3 ft (1.0 m) in front 2 and 2.3 ft (0.7 m) on side 3 can also be displayed on the head-up display.

System limits
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily take into account the following obstacles:

Obstacles below the detection range, e.g. persons, animals or objects.
Obstacles above the detection range, e.g. overhanging loads, overhangs or loading ramps of trucks.
Pedestrians or animals approaching the vehicle from the side.
Objects placed next to the vehicle
Obstacles on the sides are not shown in the following situations, for example:
You park the vehicle and switch it off.
You open the doors.
After an engine start, obstacles must be detected again by driving past them before a warning can be issued.
Observe the information on vehicle sensors and cameras; the system otherwise cannot function properly.

Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Vehicles with 360° camera
Vehicles without 360° camera
If the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display lights up red for approximately three seconds before going out, and the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster, the system may have been deactivated due to signal interference.
Start the vehicle again and check if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is working at a different location.
If the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds, it may be due to one of the following causes:
The sensors are dirty: clean the sensors and observe the notes on care of vehicle parts.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has been deactivated due to a malfunction: restart the vehicle. If the problem persists, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Activating/deactivating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Risk of an accident from objects at close range Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect certain objects at close range.

When parking or manoeuvring the vehicle, pay particular attention to any objects which are above or below the sensors, e.g. flower pots or drawbars. The vehicle or other objects could otherwise be damaged.# Vehicles without AIR BODY CONTROL: press the é button in the centre console.
Vehicles with AIR BODY CONTROL: you can activate or deactivate Parking Assist PARKTRONIC in the multimedia system.
If the indicator lamp in the é button is not lit, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active.
If the indicator lamp is lit or the é symbol appears in the Instrument Display, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not active.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when the vehicle is started.

Activating/deactivating Parking Assist PARKTRONIC using the multimedia system

NOTE
Risk of an accident from objects at close range Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect certain objects at close range.

When parking or manoeuvring the vehicle, pay particular attention to any objects which are above or below the sensors, e.g. flower pots or drawbars. The vehicle or other objects could otherwise be damaged.

Requirements

The camera menu is open.
Or: Active Parking Assist is active.
Or: the PARKTRONIC pop-up window appears.
Tap = on the media display.
If the indicator lamp in the é button is not lit, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp is lit or the é symbol appears on the instrument cluster, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not active.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when the vehicle is started.
Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be activated or deactivated in the quick access menu.

Setting the warning tones of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Multimedia system:

Adjusting the volume of the warning tones

Select Warning Tone Volume.
Set a value.
Adjusting the pitch of the warning tones
Select Warning Tone Pitch.
Set a value.

FAQ

What is the Blind Spot Assist feature in the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan?

The Blind Spot Assist is a safety feature that helps drivers be aware of vehicles in their blind spots. It uses sensors to monitor adjacent lanes and provides visual or audible alerts if a vehicle is detected in the blind spot.

How does Blind Spot Assist work?

When a vehicle enters your blind spot area, the Blind Spot Assist system detects it and triggers a warning light in your side mirrors or the side pillars. If you attempt to change lanes with a vehicle in the blind spot, the system might also provide steering wheel vibrations or mild steering intervention to prevent an unsafe manoeuvre.

Can Blind Spot Assist detect vehicles approaching from behind at high speeds?

Yes, Blind Spot Assist is designed to detect vehicles in adjacent lanes, including those approaching from behind at varying speeds.

Is Blind Spot Assist active all the time?

Yes, once enabled, Blind Spot Assist remains active while you’re driving. It continuously monitors your blind spots and provides alerts as needed.

Does the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan also have an Exit Warning feature?

Yes, many modern vehicles, including the 2023 E-Class Sedan, are equipped with an Exit Warning feature.

What is the Exit Warning feature in the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan?

The Exit Warning feature alerts occupants when it’s not safe to exit the vehicle, such as when a vehicle, cyclist, or pedestrian is approaching from behind.

How does the Exit Warning feature work?

The Exit Warning feature uses sensors to monitor the area around the vehicle. If it detects a potential hazard approaching from behind while the vehicle is stationary, it will warn occupants not to open the doors.

Does the Exit Warning feature activate automatically when the vehicle is parked?

Yes, the Exit Warning feature is typically active when the vehicle is parked or stationary and can warn occupants before they open the doors.

Can I adjust the sensitivity of the Exit Warning feature?

The sensitivity of the Exit Warning feature might be adjustable through the vehicle’s settings menu. This allows you to customize the alerts according to your preference.

Can I temporarily disable the Blind Spot Assist or Exit Warning features?

Yes, many vehicles offer the option to enable or disable safety features like Blind Spot Assist and Exit Warning through the settings menu.

Does the Blind Spot Assist replace the need for manually checking blind spots before changing lanes?

No, while Blind Spot Assist is a valuable aid, it’s important to always check your blind spots manually before changing lanes. The system is designed to complement your driving awareness, not replace it.

Can the Exit Warning feature prevent accidents when opening the doors in crowded areas?

Yes, the Exit Warning feature can help prevent accidents by alerting occupants to potential hazards in their path before they open the doors, especially in congested or busy environments.

Can the Blind Spot Assist and Exit Warning feature detect objects other than vehicles?

While the primary focus of these features is on detecting vehicles, they might also be capable of detecting certain objects, such as pedestrians, cyclists, and larger obstacles.

Are these features available on all trim levels of the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan?

The availability of the Blind Spot Assist and Exit Warning features may vary based on the trim level and optional packages of the 2023 E-Class Sedan.

Do these features require any regular maintenance or calibration?

These features generally don’t require regular maintenance or calibration. However, it’s important to keep the sensors and related components clean and free from obstructions for optimal performance.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual | Autouser Guide

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Active Brake User Manual

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Active Brake Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Active Brake Assist

An advanced active braking system comes standard on the 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan, improving vehicle control and safety in a variety of driving scenarios. With cutting-edge technologies like electronic brakeforce distribution (EBD), brake assist, and anti-lock braking (ABS), this system ensures a quick and efficient braking reaction. Regenerative braking is also used in hybrid technology cars, which further improves energy efficiency. Safety innovations like automated emergency braking, which senses possible crashes and applies brakes on its own when needed, are a further complement to the active brake system. In addition to ensuring the best-stopping power, this all-encompassing approach to braking improves the driving experience overall and gives drivers confidence and peace of mind.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Active Brake Assist

The function of Active Lane Change Assist supports the driver when changing lanes by applying steering torque if the driver activates a turn signal indicator. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

If autonomous braking or situation-dependent braking assistance has occurred, display 1 appears in the Instrument Display and then automatically goes out after a short time.

WARNING
Risk of an accident caused by limited detection performance of Active

Brake Assist
Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations.

In such cases, Active Brake Assist might:

Give a warning or brake without reason R Not give a warning or not brake

Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsible for maintaining a sufficiently safe distance to the vehicle in front, vehicle speed and braking in good time.

Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation; do not rely on Active Brake Assist alone.
Be prepared to brake or swerve if necessary.

If Active Brake Assist is deactivated or the functions are restricted, e.g. due to activation of another driving system, the ê display message appears in the driver’s display. If the system is unavailable due to dirty or dam-aged sensors or due to a malfunction, or if the functions are restricted, the Ó warning lamp appears in the driver’s display. Also, observe the system limits of Active Brake Assist.

The individual sub-functions are available in various speed ranges

The distance warning function can issue a warning in the following situations:

From approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), if your vehicle is critically close to a vehicle, cyclist or pedestrian, you will hear an intermittent warning tone and the L distance warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster.

Brake immediately or take evasive action, provided it is safe to do so and the traffic situation allows this. Distance warning function (vehicles without Driving Assistance Package) The distance warning function can aid you in the following situations with an intermittent warning tone and a warning lamp:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles, pedestrians walking in the direction of travel and cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching crossing pedestrians

Distance warning function (vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
The distance warning function can aid you in the following situations with an intermittent warning tone and a warning lamp:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 62 mph (100 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching moving pedestrians and cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 43 mph (70 km/h) when approaching stationary pedestrians, crossing vehicles and stationary and crossing cyclists

Autonomous braking function (vehicles without Driving Assistance Package)
If the vehicle is travelling at speeds above approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking function may intervene in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 124 mph (200 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles or moving pedestrians

Autonomous braking function (vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
If the vehicle is travelling at speeds above approximately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking function may intervene in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 62 mph (100 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 43 mph (70 km/h) when approaching stationary and moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles, and stationary and crossing cyclists

Situation-dependent braking assistance (vehicles without Driving Assistance Package)
The situation-dependent braking assistance can intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
At speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles and cyclists ahead
At speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching moving pedestrians

Situation-dependent braking assistance (vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
The situation-dependent braking assistance can intervene from a speed of approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) in the following situations:

At speeds up to approximately 155 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
at speeds up to approximately 62 mph (100 km/h) when approaching stationary vehicles
at speeds up to approximately 50 mph (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
at speeds up to approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) when approaching stationary and moving pedestrians, crossing vehicles, and stationary and crossing cyclists

Cancelling a brake application of Active Brake Assist
You can cancel a brake application of Active Brake Assist at any time by:

sharply depressing the accelerator pedal or with a kick-down
releasing the brake pedal

Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake application when one of the following conditions is fulfilled:

You manoeuvre to avoid the obstacle.
There is no longer a risk of collision.
An obstacle is no longer detected in front of your vehicle.
Evasive Steering Assist (only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)
Evasive Steering Assist has the following characteristics:
The ability to detect stationary or moving pedestrians.
Assistance through power-assisted steering if it detects a swerving manoeuvre.
Activation by an abrupt steering movement during a swerving manoeuvre.
Assistance during swerving and straightening of the vehicle.
Reaction from a speed of approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) up to a speed of approximately 43 mph (70 km/h).

You can prevent assistance at any time by actively steering.
Cornering function (only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package) If the system detects a risk of a collision with an oncoming vehicle when turning across an oncoming lane, autonomous braking can be initiated at speeds below 9 mph (15 km/h) before you have left the lane in which you are driving.

WARNING
Risk of the accident despite Evasive Steering Assist Evasive Steering Assist cannot always recognize objects or complex traffic situations clearly. Moreover, the steering support provided by Evasive Steering Assist is not sufficient to avoid a collision.

Always pay careful attention to the traffic situation; do not rely on Evasive Steering Assist alone.
Be prepared to brake or swerve if necessary.
End the support by actively steering in non-critical situations.
Drive at an appropriate speed if there are pedestrians close to the path of your vehicle.

System limits
Full system performance is not yet available for a short time after switching on the vehicle or after driving off. As long as the functions are restricted, the Æ warning lamp can also be shown in the driver’s display. Depending on the environmental conditions, it may take a few minutes before full system performance is available.

The system may be impaired or may not function, particularly in the following situations:

In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare, in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient light.
If the sensors are dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered.
If the sensors are impaired due to interference from other radar sources, e.g. strong radar reflections in parking garages.
If a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed.
In complex traffic situations where objects cannot always be clearly identified.
If pedestrians or vehicles move quickly into the sensor detection range.
If pedestrians are hidden by other objects.
If the typical outline of a pedestrian cannot be distinguished from the background.
If a pedestrian is not detected as such, e.g. due to special clothing or other objects. R If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
On bends with a tight radius.

The Active Brake Assist sensors adjust automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered. Active Brake Assist is unavailable or only partially available during the teach-in process.

Activating/deactivating Active Brake Assist

The vehicle is switched on.

Select the desired setting.

Deactivating Active Brake Assist t is recommended that you always leave Active Brake Assist activated.

Select Off.

The distance warning function, the autonomous braking function and Evasive Steering Assist are deactivated. The system is switched on again the next time the vehicle is started. If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the symbol appears in the status bar of the Instrument Display.

Traffic Sign Assist

The function of Traffic Sign Assist
Traffic Sign Assist detects traffic signs with the multifunction camera. It assists you by displaying detected speed limits and over-taking restrictions on the instrument display. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers. Since Traffic Sign Assist also uses the data stored in the navigation system, it can update the display in the following situations without detecting traffic signs. The camera also detects traffic signs with a restriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g. when wet). These are only displayed if a restriction applies or if the system cannot clearly determine whether the restriction applies.

Warning when the maximum permissible speed is exceeded
The system can warn you if you unintentionally exceed the maximum permissible speed. Depending on the country, you can set in the multimedia system by how much the maximum permitted speed may be exceeded before a warning is given. You can specify whether the warning is to be just a visual warning or an acoustic one as well.

Display on the instrument display

Instrument display in the widescreen cockpit

Maximum permissible speed
Maximum permissible speed when there is a restriction
Additional sign with restriction

Vehicles with a standard instrument display:
The a+ symbol next to a traffic sign on the instrument display indicates that additional traffic signs have been detected. These can also be displayed on the media display and optionally on the head-up display. If Traffic Sign Assist cannot determine the maximum permissible speed (e.g. due to missing signs), the following display appears on the instrument display: This is displayed continuously if the vehicle is in a country where Traffic Sign Assist is not supported. Traffic Sign Assist is not available in all countries. Also, observe the information on display messages in Traffic Sign Assist.

System limits
The system may be impaired or may not function particularly in the following situations:

If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufficient illumination of the road, highly variable shade conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, direct sunlight or reflections.
If there is dirt on the windshield in the vicinity of the multifunction camera or if the camera is fogged up, damaged or obscured.
If the traffic signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to dirt, snow or insufficient lighting, or because they are obscured.
If the information on the navigation system’s digital map is incorrect or out of date.
If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road- works or in adjacent lanes.
If you turn sharply when passing traffic signs outside the camera’s field of vision.

Setting Traffic Sign Assist

Only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and ECO Assist must be activated for the automatic adoption of speed limits.

Activating or deactivating automatic adoption of speed limits (only vehicles with Driving Assistance Package)

Select Limit Adoption.
Switch the function on or off.
The speed limits detected by Traffic Sign Assist are automatically adopted by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.

If one of the following systems is activated, the detected speed can be manually adopted as the speed limit:

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Cruise control
Variable limiter

Further information about Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC. Displaying detected traffic signs in the media display

Select Display in Central Display.
Switch the function on or off.
Setting the type of warning
Select Visual & Audible, Visual or Off.

Setting the warning threshold
This value determines the speed at which a warning is issued when exceeded.

Select Warning Threshold.
Set the desired speed.

Traffic Light Information service
Risk of an accident or injury due to distraction, incorrect or missing data The traffic light information display is an aid and cannot replace the observation of the actual driving situation.

Keep the actual traffic situation constantly in view when approaching a traffic light and when changing lanes.
Avoid looking at the Instrument Display and Head-up Display for a long time.

The Instrument Display and Head-up Display (if available) show the traffic light icon and the remaining time until the next green phase as a countdown.

Example representation in the Instrument Display 1 Traffic light icon and countdown of the remaining time until the next green phase time
The display is hidden for about five seconds before the traffic lights change to green.

The display also goes out in the following cases:

When turning off before the intersection into a cross or side street
When turning before the intersection

The direction arrows are displayed depending on the following functions:

A turn signal is set
A lane is recommended during active route guidance

If neither function is active, the remaining time until the next green phase for the lane straight ahead is displayed. Use of the traffic light information service requires the regular transmission of vehicle positions and driving directions to Mercedes-Benz. The data is immediately anonymized by Mercedes-Benz and forwarded to the provider of the traffic light information service. The vehicle positions and driving directions are deleted after a very short time (a few seconds) and are not permanently saved.

If you do not want to transmit the vehicle positions and driving directions, you have the following options:

You deactivate the service in the Mercedes me portal.
You have the service deactivated at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
You deactivate the service in the Assistance menu in the multimedia system.

This traffic light information service is only available in certain cities and regions.

The function is supported under the following conditions:

The vehicle is equipped with a multimedia system featuring navigation and a communication module with an activated, integrated SIM card.
You have a user account for the Mercedes Me Portal.
The vehicle has been connected to the user account.
The navigation services option is available, subscribed to and activated in the Mercedes Me Portal.
The traffic light data service belongs to the scope of the navigation services.

The current vehicle position and the direction of travel are transmitted via the communication module and aligned with the data from the traffic light data service provider. The provider gathers data from traffic lights which transmit their changing phases. When the vehicle approaches an intersection with networked traffic lights, data is transmitted to the vehicle. A set turn signal left or right and lane recommendations during active route guidance are taken into account for the display. The service is for information purposes only and is not linked to any other vehicle functions, systems or components. Please note that the displayed data is not available in all traffic areas and may be incorrect. Certain light signal systems automatically adapt their switching times to the current traffic situation. This can lead to a sudden change in the countdown display. The information in the Instrument Display is shown after selecting the display contents in the Assistance menu. If another menu is selected, the traffic light countdown is not displayed.

Also, observe the following information:

select a speed adapted to the traffic, surroundings and weather conditions
Observe actual traffic signs
Observe applicable traffic rules and regulations

Please observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

System limits
The display does not appear in the following situations, for example:

There is no traffic light data available.
The time remaining until the next green phase is less than ten seconds.
Emergency vehicles or local public transport are located in the vicinity of the intersection.
The data transmission from the vehicle has been interrupted.
The traffic light systems are located in a construction site area or are undergoing maintenance.
The light signal system is malfunctioning.
The subscription to the service has expired.

Switching the traffic light information display on or off

Switch Traffic Light Information on D or off

FAQ

What type of braking system is used in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class typically employs an advanced anti-lock braking system (ABS) with electronic brakeforce distribution (EBD) and brake assist.

Does the E-Class have an emergency braking system?

Yes, it features an automatic emergency braking system that can detect potential collisions and apply brakes if necessary.

Can the braking system in the E-Class automatically adjust based on road conditions?

The E-Class’s braking system is designed to adjust its performance based on various driving conditions for optimal safety and efficiency.

Are there different brake settings for driving modes like Sport or Comfort?

Driving modes like Sport or Comfort may alter the braking response to match the overall driving dynamics of the selected mode.

How does the E-Class handle sudden braking situations?

With its advanced braking system and stability control, the E-Class is designed to handle sudden braking effectively, maintaining stability and control.

Does the E-Class feature regenerative braking in hybrid models?

Yes, hybrid variants of the E-Class feature regenerative braking, which recovers energy during braking and improves overall efficiency.

Is there a brake wear indicator in the E-Class?

The E-Class typically includes a brake wear indicator system, alerting the driver when brake pads need replacing.

How does the E-Class ensure braking safety in wet conditions?

The braking system includes features like anti-lock braking and electronic stability control to maintain effective braking performance in wet conditions.

Are there any special brake technologies for downhill driving?

Some models may include features like hill descent control for better brake management on steep descents.

How does the weight of the E-Class affect its braking performance?

While the E-Class is a solid vehicle, its braking system is engineered to provide optimal stopping power and control, regardless of the vehicle’s weight.

Does the E-Class have adaptive braking technology?

The E-Class may include adaptive brake technology, which helps in maintaining brake readiness and drying the brakes in wet conditions.

Can the braking system of the E-Class be customized or upgraded?

Customization or upgrades might be available, especially in AMG models, which often come with higher-performance braking systems.

Is there a parking brake feature in the E-Class?

Yes, the E-Class comes with an electronic parking brake, which can be engaged and disengaged either manually or automatically.

How does the E-Class’s braking system contribute to overall vehicle safety?

The comprehensive braking system, along with other safety features, significantly contributes to the overall safety of the vehicle, ensuring reliable stopping power and control.

Are there any driver assistance features related to braking in the E-Class?

Yes, features like Brake Assist and the Pre-Safe system enhance braking efficiency in critical situations.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Active Speed Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-SEDAN 2023 Function of Active Speed Limit Assist

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan is built to provide a dynamic and thrilling driving experience, and it displays impressive active speed capabilities. It has a number of strong engine choices, including cutting-edge turbocharged models that accelerate quickly and smoothly. Fast and smooth gear changes are made possible by the car’s advanced 9-speed automatic transmission, which improves acceleration and highway cruising. The E-Class also has a number of driving modes, including as Sport and Sport+, which adjust the performance parameters of the car for more agile handling and speed control. The sedan is a great option for drivers who want a combination of luxury, performance, and cutting-edge speed dynamics because of its aerodynamic design, which also helps to maintain stability and efficiency at greater speeds.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

The function of Active Speed Limit Assist

If a change in the speed limit of 12 mph (20 km/h) or more is detected and automatic adoption of speed limits is activated, the new speed limit is automatically adopted as the stored speed. The driving speed is adjusted when the vehicle is level with the traffic sign at the latest. In the case of signs indicating entry into an urban area, the speed is adapted according to the speed permitted within the urban area. The speed limit display on the instrument display is always updated when the vehicle is level with the traffic sign. If there is no speed restriction on an unlimited stretch of road (e.g. on a freeway), the recommended speed is automatically adopted as the stored speed. The system uses the speed stored on an unlimited stretch of road as the recommended speed. If you do not alter the stored speed on an unlimited stretch of road, the recommended speed is 80 mph (130 km/h). If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put into passive mode by pressing the accelerator pedal, only speed limits that are higher than the set speed are adopted. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

System limits
The system limits of Traffic Sign Assist apply to the detection of traffic signs. Speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h) are not automatically adopted by the system as the stored speed. Temporary speed restrictions (e.g. applicable for a certain time or due to weather conditions) cannot be properly detected by the system. The maximum permissible speed applied to a vehicle with a trailer is not detected by the system. Adjust the speed in these situations.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to Active Speed Limit Assist adapting the vehicle’s speed

The speed adopted by Active Speed Limit Assist may be too high or incorrect in some individual cases, such as:

at speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h)
in wet conditions or in fog
when towing a trailer
Ensure that the driven speed complies with traffic regulations.
Adjust the driving speed to suit current traffic and weather conditions.

Function of route-based speed adaptation
When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated, the vehicle speed will be adapted accordingly to the route events ahead. Depending on the drive program selected, the vehicle negotiates a route event ahead in an economical, comfortable or dynamic manner. When the route event has been passed, the vehicle accelerates again to the stored speed. The set distance to the vehicle in front, vehicles detected ahead and speed restrictions ahead are taken into account.
You can activate and deactivate route-based speed adaptation in the multimedia system.

The following route events are taken into account:

Bends
T-intersections, traffic circles and toll stations
Turns and exits
Traffic jams ahead (only with Live Traffic Information )
When the toll station is reached, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC adopts the speed as the stored speed.

Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indicator to change lanes is switched on and one of the following situations is detected:

Turning at intersections
Driving on slowing-down lanes
Driving on lanes adjacent to slowing-down lanes

The driver is responsible for choosing the right speed and observing other road users. This applies in particular to intersections, traffic circles and traffic lights, as route-based speed adaptation does not brake the vehicle to a standstill.
When route guidance is active, the first speed adjustment is carried out automatically. If the turn signal indicator is switched on, the selected route is confirmed and further speed adjustment is activated.

Speed adaptation is canceled in the following cases:

If the turn signal indicator is switched off before the route event.
If the driver depresses the accelerator or brake pedal during the process.

System limits
Route-based speed adaptation does not take right-of-way regulations into account. The driver is responsible for complying with road traffic regulations and driving at a suitable speed.

The speed adaptation made by the system may not always be suitable, particularly in the following situations:

road’s a course not visible
road narrowing
varying maximum permissible speeds in individual lanes, for example at toll stations
wet road surfaces, snow or ice

In these situations, the driver must intervene accordingly.

WARNING
Risk of an accident in spite of route-based speed adaptation

Route-based speed adaptation can malfunction or be temporarily unavailable in the following situations:

If the driver does not follow the calculated route
If map data is not up-to-date or available
In the event of roadworks
In bad weather or road conditions
If the accelerator pedal is depressed R In the event of electronically displayed speed limitations
Adapt the speed to the traffic situation.

Setting route-based speed adaptation

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated.
ECO Assist is active.

Activate or deactivate the function.
When the function is active, the vehicle speed is adjusted depending on the route events ahead.

Further information on route-based speed adaptation.

The function of Active Stop-and-Go Assist
Active Stop-and-Go Assist helps you when in traffic jams on multi-lane roads with separate roadways by automatically pulling away within up to 60 seconds and with moderate steering manoeuvres. It orients itself using the vehicle in front and lane markings. Active Stop-and-Go Assist automatically maintains a safe distance from the vehicle in front and vehicles cutting in. Active Stop-and-Go Assist requires you, as the driver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel at all times so that you are able to intervene at any time to correct the course of the vehicle and keep it in the lane. Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers. Active Traffic Jam Assist activates automatically as soon as all of the requirements are met: The ¬ status display appears in the instrument cluster when the function is active.

Requirements:

You are in a traffic jam on a freeway or high-speed major road.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated and active.
Active Brake Assist is available.
Active Steering Assist is activated and active.
Active Traffic Jam Assist is activated.
You are traveling no faster than 35 mph (60 km/h).

System limits
The system limitations of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply to Active Traffic Jam Assist. Activating/deactivating Active Traffic Jam Assist

The function of Active Steering Assist
Active Steering Assist is only available up to a speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). The system helps you to stay in the centre of the lane by means of moderate steering interventions. Depending on the speed driven, Active Steering Assist uses the vehicles ahead and lane markings as a reference.

Depending on the country, in the lower speed range, Active Steering Assist can use the surrounding traffic as a reference. If necessary, Active Steering Assist can then also provide assistance by driving outside the centre of the lane, for example, to form an emergency corridor.

If the detection of lane markings and vehicles ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switches to passive mode. The system provides no support in this case.

Status display of Active Steering Assist

Ø (grey): activated and passive
Ø (green): activated and active
Ø (red): system limits detected
R Ø (white, red hands): “Hands on the steering wheel” prompt

During the transition from active to passive status, the Ø symbol is shown as enlarged and flashing. When the passive state is reached, the Ø symbol is displayed in grey. Depending on the selected vehicle settings, Active Steering Assist may be unavailable.

Steering and touch detection
The driver is required to keep their hands on the steering wheel at all times and be able to intervene at any time to correct the course of the vehicle and keep it in the lane. The driver must expect a change from active to passive mode or vice versa at any time.

If the system detects that the driver has not steered the vehicle for a considerable period or has removed their hands from the steering wheel, display 1 appears. If the driver still does not steer the vehicle, a warning tone sounds in addition to the visual warning message. If the driver does not react to the warning for a considerable period, the system can initiate an emergency stop. The warning does not occur or stops as soon as the system detects that the driver is touching or steering the steering wheel.

Touch detection may be limited or inoperative in the following situations:

The driver is wearing gloves.
There is a steering wheel cover on the steering wheel.

If Active Steering Assist detects that a system limit has been reached, a visual warning is issued and a warning tone sounds.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

System limits
Active Steering Assist has a limited steering torque for lateral guidance. In some cases, the steering intervention is not sufficient to keep the vehicle in the lane or to drive through exits.

The system may be impaired or may not function in the following instances:

There is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, greatly varying ambient light or strong shadows on the road.
There is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, direct sunlight or reflections.
Insufficient road illumination.
The windshield is dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g. by a sticker.
No, or several, unclear lane markings are present for one lane, or the markings change quickly, for example, in a construction area or intersections.
The lane markings are worn away, dark or covered up, e.g. by dirt or snow.
If the distance to the vehicle in front is too short and thus the lane markings cannot be detected.
The road is narrow and winding.
There are obstacles on the lane or projecting out into the lane, such as object markers.

The system does not assist in the following conditions:

On tight bends and when turning.
When crossing intersections.
At traffic circles or toll stations.
When the tire pressure is too low.

WARNING
Risk of an accident if Active Steering Assist unexpectedly stops functioning If the system limits of Active Steering Assist are reached there is no guarantee that the system will remain active or will keep the vehicle in lane.

Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and observe the traffic carefully.
Always steer the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions.

WARNING
Risk of an accident if Active Steering Assist unexpectedly intervenes The detection of lane markings and objects may malfunction and cause unexpected steering interventions. Steer according to traffic conditions.

Activating/deactivating Active Steering Assist
R ESP® is activated but is not intervening.

R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated.

The function of Active Emergency Stop Assist

If the system detects that the driver has not steered the vehicle for a considerable period or has removed their hands from the steering wheel, display 1 appears on the instrument display. If the driver still does not actively steer the vehicle or provides no confirmation to the system, a warning tone sounds repeatedly in addition to the visual warning message. If the driver still does not respond to the warning, the Beginning Emergency Stop message appears on the instrument display. If the driver still does not respond, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC reduces the vehicle’s speed. The vehicle is slowed down to a standstill in stages.

Depending on the country, at speeds below
40 mph (60 km/h) the hazard warning light system switches on automatically.

When the vehicle is stationary, the following actions are carried out:

The vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is ended.
The vehicle is unlocked.
If possible, an emergency call is placed to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.

The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time by performing one of the following actions:

Steering
Braking or accelerating
Deactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC

FAQ

What is the top speed of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The top speed varies by model, but it’s often electronically limited to around 130 mph (209 km/h) in standard models.

How quickly can the 2023 E-Class accelerate from 0 to 60 mph?

Acceleration times vary, but some models can achieve 0 to 60 mph in under 6 seconds.

Does the E-Class have a speed limiter?

Yes, most E-Class models have an electronic speed limiter to ensure safety and compliance with regulations.

Can the speed limiter be adjusted in the E-Class?

The speed limiter is preset by the manufacturer, but certain models with performance packages may have higher limits.

Is there a sports mode that changes the vehicle’s speed dynamics?

Yes, Sport and Sport+ modes adjust the throttle response, transmission shift points, and sometimes suspension settings for a more dynamic driving experience.

How does the E-Class Sedan handle high-speed driving?

The E-Class is designed for stability and control at high speeds, with a well-balanced chassis and advanced suspension systems.

Are there any safety features in the E-Class that specifically address high-speed driving?

Yes, features like adaptive cruise control, active lane-keeping assist, and enhanced braking systems are designed to enhance safety at higher speeds.

How does the aerodynamic design of the E-Class affect its speed and stability?

The aerodynamic design reduces drag, improves fuel efficiency, and enhances stability at higher speeds.

Does the E-Class have a dynamic select feature to change speed settings?

Yes, the dynamic select feature allows drivers to choose between different driving modes, affecting speed and handling characteristics.

How does the transmission in the E-Class contribute to its active speed?

The E-Class typically features a 9-speed automatic transmission that provides smooth, quick shifts, contributing to both rapid acceleration and efficient high-speed cruising.

Is the speedometer digital or analogue in the 2023 E-Class?

The E-Class often comes with a digital instrument cluster that can display a digital speedometer, along with traditional analogue dials.

Are there any speed-related driver assistance technologies in the E-Class?

Yes, technologies like speed limit assist and traffic sign recognition help drivers maintain appropriate speeds.

How does the weight of the E-Class affect its speed performance?

While the E-Class is a relatively heavy vehicle, its powertrains are designed to deliver ample performance, ensuring that weight does not significantly hinder its speed capabilities.

Can the E-Class’s active speed be monitored or controlled remotely?

Certain connected car features may allow for remote monitoring, but direct remote control of the vehicle’s speed is not typically available.

What impact does the E-Class’s engine size have on its speed?

Larger engines, like those in AMG models, offer greater power and torque, leading to faster acceleration and higher top speeds.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Driving and Safety Instructions

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Driving and Safety

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan skillfully blends cutting-edge technology with opulent comfort to create a new benchmark in driving dynamics and safety. With a variety of strong and effective engines, it offers responsive and seamless handling that suits both leisurely and aggressive driving preferences. The most recent Mercedes-Benz driver assistance technologies, such as automated emergency braking, adaptive cruise control, and lane-keeping assistance, are installed in the E-Class, making driving safer. Its sturdy design and safety features, which include sophisticated airbag systems and a high-strength steel frame, also offer outstanding protection for the occupants. For discriminating drivers who value performance and peace of mind, the E-Class is an excellent option because of its blend of driving enjoyment and safety assurance.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Driving Systems and Your Responsibility

Your vehicle is equipped with driving systems that assist you in driving, parking and manoeuvring the vehicle. The driving systems are only aids. They are not a substitute for you paying attention to your surroundings and do not relieve you of your responsibility for road traffic law. The driver is always responsible for maintaining a safe distance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for braking in good time and for staying in lane. Pay attention to the traffic conditions at all times and intervene when necessary. Be aware of the limitations regarding the safe use of these systems. Driving systems can neither reduce the risk of an accident if you fail to adapt your driving style nor override the laws of physics. They cannot always take into account road, weather or traffic conditions.

Some driving systems can regulate or limit the speed to a previously set value. Draw attention to the stored speed when changing drivers.

Information on Vehicle Sensors and Cameras
Some driving and driving safety systems use cameras as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors to monitor the area in front of, behind or next to the vehicle.

Multifunction camera
Cameras in the outside mirror 3 Front radar
Front Camera
Corner radars
Ultrasonic sensors
Rearview camera

WARNING
Risk of accident due to restricted detection performance of vehicle sensors and cameras If the area around vehicle sensors or cameras is covered, damaged or dirty, certain driving and safety systems cannot function correctly.

There is a risk of an accident.

Keep the area around vehicle sensors or cameras clear of any obstructions and clean.
Have damage to the bumper, radiator grille or stone chipping in the area of the front and rear windows repaired at a qualified specialist workshop.

Particularly, keep the areas around the sensors and cameras free of dirt, ice or slush. The sensors and cameras must not be covered and the detection ranges around them must be kept free. Do not attach additional license plate brackets, advertisements, stickers, foils or foils to protect against stone chippings in the detection range of the sensors and cameras. Make sure that no overhanging loads are protruding into the detection range. If there is damage to a bumper or the radiator grill, or after an impact, have the function of the sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop. Have damage or stone chipping in the area of the cameras on the front and rear windows repaired at a qualified specialist workshop.

The rearview camera can extend and retract automatically for calibration, even though there is no camera image in the display.

Overview of driving systems and driving safety systems

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) R BAS (Brake Assist System)
ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)
ESP® Crosswind Assist
EBD (Electronic Brakeforce Distribution)
STEER CONTROL
HOLD function
Hill Start Assist
ATTENTION ASSIST
Cruise control
Traffic Sign Assist
DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL
AIR BODY CONTROL

Driving Assistance Package
The following functions are part of the Driving Assistance Package. Certain functions are only available in some countries. Some functions are also available without the Driving Assistance Package, albeit with restricted functionality.

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Active Speed Limit Assist (country-dependent)
Route-based speed adaptation (country-dependent)
Active Brake Assist
Active Steering Assist (country-dependent)
Active Emergency Stop Assist (country dependent)
Active Lane Change Assist (country-dependent)
Active Stop-and-Go Assist (country-dependent)
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist with exit warning
Active Lane-keeping Assist

Parking Package

Rearview camera
360° Camera
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Active Parking Assist

Functions of ABS

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) regulates the brake pressure in critical driving situations:
During braking, for instance, at maximum full-stop braking or if there is insufficient tire traction, the wheels are prevented from locking.
R Vehicle steerability while braking is ensured.
If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and can serve as a reminder to take extra care while driving.

System limits

ABS is active from speeds of approx. 3 mph (5 km/h).
R ABS may be impaired or may not function if a malfunction has occurred and the yellow!ABS warning lamp lights up continuously after the vehicle is started.

Function of BAS

WARNING
Risk of an accident caused by a malfunction in BAS (Brake Assist System) If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased.

Depress the brake pedal with full force in emergency braking situations. ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports your emergency braking situation with additional brake force.

If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS is activated:

BAS automatically boosts the brake pressure.
BAS can shorten the braking distance.
ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.

Function of ESP®
Risk of skidding if ESP® is deactivated If you deactivate ESP®, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization.

ESP® should only be deactivated in the following situations.

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) can monitor and improve driving stability and traction in the following situations within physical limits:

When pulling away on wet or slippery roads.
When braking.

If the vehicle deviates from the direction desired by the driver, ESP® can stabilize the vehicle by intervening in the following ways:

One or more wheels are braked.
The engine output is adapted according to the situation.
When ESP® is deactivated, the å warning lamp lights up continuously:
Driving stability will no longer be improved.
The drive wheels could spin.
ETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
When ESP® is deactivated, you are still assisted by ESP® when braking.

When the ÷ warning lamp flashes, one or several wheels has reached their grip limit:

Adapt your driving style to suit the current road and weather conditions.
Do not deactivate ESP®.
Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as is necessary when pulling away.

Deactivate ESP® in the following situations to improve traction:

When using snow chains.
In deep snow.
On sand or gravel.
Spinning the wheels results in a cutting action, which enhances traction.

If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp lights up continuously, ESP® is not available due to a malfunction. Observe the following information:

Indicator and warning lamps
Display messages
ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System)
ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP® and makes it possible to pull away and accelerate on a slippery road.
ETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle’s traction by intervening in the following ways:
The drive wheels are braked individually if they spin.
More drive torque is transferred to the wheel or wheels with traction.

Influence of Drive programs on ESP®
The drive programs enable ESP® to adapt to different weather and road conditions as well as the driver’s preferred driving style. Depending on the selected drive program, the appropriate ESP® mode will be activated. You can select the drive programs using the DYNAMIC SELECT switch.

The function of ESP® Crosswind Assist
ESP® Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of side wind and helps the driver to keep the vehicle in the lane:

ESP® Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle speeds between approx. 50 mph (80 km/h) and 125 mph (200 km/h) when driving straight ahead or cornering slightly.
R The vehicle is stabilized by means of individual brake application on one side.

Activating/deactivating ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)
Home> Settings > Quick Access ESP® can only be activated/deactivated using quick access when at least one other function is available in quick access. ESP® can otherwise be found in the Assistance menu.

NOTE
Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement.
You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.
Select ESP.
Select On or å Off.

ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFF warning lamp lights up continuously in the instrument cluster. Observe the information on warning lamps and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster.

Function of EBD
Electronic Brakeforce Distribution (EBD) is characterized by the following:

Monitoring and regulating the brake pressure on the rear wheels.
Improved driving stability when braking, especially on bends.

The function of STEER CONTROL
STEER CONTROL assists you by transmitting a noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in the direction required for vehicle stabilization.

This steering recommendation is given in the following situations:

both right wheels or both left wheels are on a wet or slippery road surface when you brake the vehicle starts to skid

System limits
STEER CONTROL may be impaired or may not function in the following situations:

ESP® is deactivated.
ESP® is malfunctioning.
The steering is malfunctioning.

If ESP® is malfunctioning, you will be assisted further by the electric power steering.

HOLD function
The HOLD function holds the vehicle at a standstill without requiring you to depress the brake pedal, e.g. while waiting in traffic. The HOLD function is only an aid. The responsibility for the vehicle safely standing still remains with the driver.

System limits
The HOLD function is only intended to assist when driving and is not a sufficient means of safeguarding the vehicle against rolling away when stationary.

The incline must not be greater than 30%.

Activating/deactivating the HOLD function
Risk of an accident due to the HOLD function being active when you leave the vehicle

If the vehicle is only braked with the HOLD function it could, in the following situations, roll away:

If there is a malfunction in the system or in the power supply.
If the HOLD function is deactivated by depressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupant.
- Always secure the vehicle against rolling away before you leave it.

Requirements

The vehicle is stationary.
The driver’s door is closed or the seat belt on the driver’s side is fastened.
The vehicle has been started or has been automatically switched off by the ECO start/stop function.
The electric parking brake is released.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactivated.
The transmission is in position h, k or i.

Activating the HOLD function

Depress the brake pedal, and after a short time quickly depress further until the ë display appears in the Instrument Display.
Release the brake pedal.

Deactivating the HOLD function

Depress the accelerator pedal to pull away.

Depress the brake pedal until the ë display disappears from the Instrument Display.

The HOLD function is deactivated in the following situations:

Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated.
The transmission is shifted to position j. R The vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake.

In the following situations, the vehicle is held by transmission position j and/or by the electric parking brake:

The seat belt is unfastened and the driver’s door is opened.
The vehicle is switched off.
There is a system malfunction.
The power supply is insufficient.

The function of Hill Start Assist
Hill Start Assist holds the vehicle for a short time when you pull away on a hill under the following conditions:

The transmission is in position h or k.
The electric parking brake is released.

This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and depress it before the vehicle begins to roll away.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to the vehicle rolling away
After a short time, Hill Start Assist no longer holds the vehicle.

Swiftly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Do not leave the vehicle when it is being held by Hill Start Assist.

ATTENTION ASSIST
ATTENTION ASSIST assists you on long, monotonous journeys, e.g. on highways and trunk roads. If ATTENTION ASSIST detects indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration on the part of the driver, it suggests taking a break. ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid. It cannot always detect fatigue or lapses in concentration in time. The system is not a substitute for a well-respected and attentive driver. On long journeys, take regular breaks in good time that allow for adequate recuperation.

You can choose between two settings:

Standard: normal system sensitivity.
Sensitive: higher system sensitivity. The driver is warned earlier and the attention level detected by the ATTENTION ASSIST has adapted accordingly.

If drowsiness or increasing lapses in concentration are detected, the ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a Break! warning appears in the Instrument Display. You can acknowledge the message and take a break where necessary. If you do not take a break and ATTENTION ASSIST continues to detect increasing lapses in concentration, you will be warned again after a minimum of 15 minutes.

You can have the following status information for ATTENTION ASSIST displayed in the assistance menu of the on-board computer:

The length of the journey since the last break.
The attention level determined by ATTENTION ASSIST:
- The fuller the circle, the higher the attention level determined
- As your attention wanes, the circle in the centre of the display becomes smaller

If the ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the attention level and cannot issue a warning, the System Suspended message appears.
If a warning is given in the Instrument Display, the multimedia system offers to search for a rest area. You can select a rest area and start navigation to this rest area. This function can be activated and deactivated in the multimedia system. If ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, the Û symbol appears in the assistance graphic in the Instrument Display. After the vehicle is started, ATTENTION ASSIST is automatically activated. The last selected sensitivity level remains stored.

System limits
ATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 37 mph (60 km/h) to 124 mph (200 km/h) speed range. Particularly in the following situations, ATTENTION ASSIST only functions in a restricted manner and warnings may be delayed or not occur:

If you have been driving for less than approximately 30 minutes.
If the road condition is poor (uneven road surface or potholes).
If there is a strong side wind.
If you adopt a sporty driving style (high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration).
If Active Steering Assist is activated and active.
If the time has been set incorrectly.
If you change lanes and vary your speed frequently in active driving situations.

The ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertness assessment is reset and restarted when continuing the journey in the following situations:

If you switch off the vehicle.
R If you unfasten your seat belt and open the driver’s door (e.g. to change drivers or take a break).

Setting ATTENTION ASSIST

Attention Assist

Select Standard, Sensitive or Off.

Suggesting rest areas

Select Suggest Rest Area.
Activate or deactivate the function.
If ATTENTION ASSIST detects fatigue or an increasing lack of attention, it will suggest a rest area in the vicinity.
Select the suggested rest area.
You will be guided to the selected rest area.

FAQ

What driving modes are available in the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The E-Class typically offers several driving modes such as Eco, Comfort, Sport, Sport+, and Individual, allowing drivers to tailor the car’s performance to their preference.

Does the 2023 E-Class have autonomous driving features?

The E-Class is equipped with advanced driver assistance systems, but it does not offer fully autonomous driving. Features like adaptive cruise control and lane-keeping assist provide semi-autonomous capabilities.

How does the E-Class perform in crash tests?

Mercedes-Benz vehicles, including the E-Class, generally perform very well in crash tests, though specific 2023 model-year ratings should be checked with organizations like the IIHS or NHTSA.

What type of braking system does the E-Class have?

The E-Class is equipped with an advanced anti-lock braking system (ABS) and usually features brake assist and electronic stability control for enhanced safety.

Are there any new safety features in the 2023 E-Class?

New safety features could include updated driver assistance technologies and enhanced connectivity features for emergency services, but specific details depend on the model and region.

How does the E-Class handle in adverse weather conditions?

With its available 4MATIC all-wheel-drive system and advanced traction control, the E-Class handles well in various weather conditions, providing stability and confidence.

What is the visibility like in the E-Class?

The E-Class offers good visibility, with a well-designed cabin that minimizes blind spots. Additional features like a rear-view camera and parking sensors aid visibility.

Does the E-Class have a rear-view camera?

Yes, a rear-view camera is typically standard, helping with safer and easier parking and manoeuvring.

Are there child safety features in the E-Class?

The E-Class includes child safety features such as ISOFIX/LATCH anchors for child seats and childproof rear door locks.

How does the E-Class’s lighting system enhance safety?

The E-Class often comes with LED headlamps that provide excellent illumination, and some models may feature adaptive high-beam assist for improved night-time visibility.

Is there a tire pressure monitoring system in the E-Class?

Yes, the E-Class is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system, alerting drivers to any significant changes in tire pressure.

Does the E-Class offer any parking assistance features?

Many E-Class models include parking assistance features like active parking assist, which can help with both parallel and perpendicular parking.

How does the E-Class ensure pedestrian safety?

The E-Class is designed with features like automatic emergency braking that can detect pedestrians, potentially reducing the risk of accidents.

Are there any safety features specific to highway driving in the E-Class?

Features like adaptive cruise control, active lane-keeping assist, and blind-spot assist are particularly useful for highway driving.

Can the safety settings be customized in the E-Class?

Many of the safety and assistance systems in the E-Class can be adjusted or turned off according to the driver’s preference through the vehicle’s infotainment system.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Refueling Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Refueling

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan meets the demands of contemporary drivers by providing a simple and effective refuelling procedure. Its capless fuelling technology makes refuelling easier by doing away with the requirement for a conventional gasoline cap. The gasoline tank capacity is engineered to guarantee sufficient range for prolonged travels, hence decreasing the number of gas station visits. To further increase the range on a single tank of petrol, the E-Class further optimizes fuel economy for versions that come with mild hybrid technology. This seamless and effective refilling process highlights the E-Class Sedan’s dedication to delivering an elegant and fluid driving experience.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Refuelling

Refuelling the Vehicle
Risk of fire or explosion from fuel Fuels are highly flammable.

Fire, open flames, smoking and creating sparks must be avoided.
Before refuelling, switch off the vehicle and, if installed, the stationary heater, and leave them switched off during refuelling.

WARNING
Risk of injury from fuels

Fuels are poisonous and hazardous to your health.

Do not swallow fuel or let it come into contact with skin, eyes or clothing
Do not inhale fuel vapour.
Keep children away from fuel.
Keep doors and windows closed during the refuelling process.

If you or other people come into contact with fuel, observe the following:

Immediately rinse fuel off your skin with soap and water.
If fuel comes into contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water. Seek medical attention immediately.
If you swallow fuel, seek medical attention immediately. Do not induce vomiting.
Change immediately out of clothing that has come into contact with fuel.

WARNING
Risk of fire and explosion due to electrostatic charge Electrostatic charge can ignite fuel vapour.

Before you open the fuel filler cap or take hold of the pump nozzle, touch the metallic vehicle body.
To avoid creating another electrostatic charge, do not get into the vehicle again during the refuelling process.

NOTE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel.

Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system, the engine and the emission control system.

Only refuel with low-sulfur spark-ignition engine fuel.

This fuel may contain up to 10% ethanol. Your vehicle is suitable for use with E10 fuel. Never refuel with one of the following fuels:

Diesel
Gasoline with more than 10% ethanol by volume, e.g. E15, E85, E100
Gasoline with more than 3% methanol by volume, e.g. M15, M30, M85, M100
Gasoline with additives containing metal

If you have accidentally refuelled with the wrong fuel:

Do not switch on the vehicle.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

NOTE
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine

If you have accidentally refuelled with the wrong fuel:

Do not switch on the vehicle. Otherwise, fuel can enter the engine.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine. The repair costs are high.
Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely.

NOTE
Damage to the fuel system caused by overfilled fuel tanks

Only fill the fuel tank until the pump nozzle switches off.

NOTE
Fuel may spray out when you remove the fuel pump nozzle

Only fill the fuel tank until the pump nozzle switches off.

Requirements

The vehicle is unlocked.

Observe the notes on service fluids and fuel. Only refuel with fuel that has at least the octane rating specified in the information label in the fuel filler flap. Otherwise, engine output may be reduced and fuel consumption increased.

Fuel filler flap
Bracket for fuel filler cap
Tire pressure table
QR code for rescue card
Fuel type

Press on the rear part of the fuel filler flap 1.
Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise and remove it.
Insert the fuel filler cap from above into bracket 2.
Completely insert the pump nozzle into the tank filler neck, hook it in place and refuel.
Only fill the fuel tank until the pump nozzle switches off.
Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages audibly.
Close fuel filler flap 1.

Parking

Parking the vehicle
Risk of accident injury caused by an insufficiently secured vehicle rolling away If the vehicle is not securely parked sufficiently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled way even at a slight downhill gradient.

On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the front wheels so that the vehicle rolls towards the curb if it starts moving.
Apply the parking brake.
Switch the transmission to position j.

WARNING
Risk of fire caused by hot exhaust system parts Flammable materials such as leaves, grass or twigs may ignite.

Park the vehicle so that no flammable material can come into contact with hot vehicle components.
In particular, do not park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle

If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, they could, in particular:

Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users.
Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.
R operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, for example.
In addition, the children could also set the vehicle in motion by, for example:
releasing the parking brake.
changing the gearbox position.
starting the vehicle.
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
key with you and lock the vehicle.
Keep the key out of reach of children.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to it rolling away

Always secure the vehicle against rolling away.

NOTE
Damage due to the vehicle lowering Vehicles with AIR BODY CONTROL or level control: The vehicle can lower because of temperature differences or longer non-operational times. This can cause damage to parts of the body.

When stopping the vehicle and when driving off, make sure that there are no obstacles such as curbs under or near the body.

Bring the vehicle to a standstill by depressing the brake pedal.
On gradients, turn the front wheels so that the vehicle will roll towards the curb if it starts moving.
Apply the electric parking brake.
Engage transmission position j in a stationary vehicle with the brake pedal depressed.
Switch off the vehicle by pressing button 1.
Release the service brake slowly.
Get out of the vehicle and lock it.
When you park the vehicle, you can still operate the side windows and the sliding sunroof for approximately four minutes if the driver’s door is closed.

When you park the vehicle, you can still operate the side windows and the panoramic sliding sunroof for approximately four minutes if the driver’s door is closed.

Garage door opener
Programming buttons for the garage door opener

DANGER
Risk of death caused by exhaust gases Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling these exhaust gases is hazardous to health and leads to poisoning.

Never leave the engine or, if present, the auxiliary heating running in an enclosed space without sufficient ventilation.

WARNING
Risk of injury by becoming trapped when opening and closing a garage door When you operate or program a garage door with an integrated garage door opener, persons can become trapped or struck by the garage door if they stand within its range of movement.

Always make sure that nobody is within the range of the garage door’s movement.

Only operate the following doors using the garage door opener:

Doors with a safety stop and backing-up feature
Doors that conform to the current U.S. safety standards

Before programming the garage door opener, park the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the vehicle is switched on but not started.

Requirements

The vehicle has been parked outside the garage or the range of movement of the door.
- The vehicle is switched on.
- The vehicle has not been started.
- The garage door opener function is always available when the vehicle is switched

Check if the transmitter frequency of the remote control has a frequency range of 280 to 868 MHz.

Radio equipment approval number:

NZLMUAHL5 (USA)
4112A-MUAHL5 (Canada)
Press and hold buttons 1, 2 or 3 that you wish to program.
Indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow.
It can take up to 20 seconds before the indicator lamp flashes yellow.
Release the previously pressed button.
Indicator lamp 4 continues to flash yellow.
Point remote control 6 from a distance of 0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) towards buttons 1, 2 or 3.

Press and hold button 5 of remote control 6 until one of the following signals appears:

Indicator lamp 4 lights up green continuously. Programming is complete.
Indicator lamp 4 flashes green. The programming was successful. Additionally, synchronization of the rolling code with the door system must be carried out.
If indicator lamp 4 does not light up or flash green: repeat the procedure.
Release all of the buttons.

The remote control for the door drive is not included in the scope of delivery of the garage door opener.

Synchronizing the rolling code

The door system uses a rolling code.
The vehicle must be within range of the garage door or door drive.
The vehicle as well as persons and objects are located outside the range of movement of the door.
Press the program button on the door drive unit.
Initiate the next step within approximately 30 seconds.
Press previously programmed buttons 1, 2 or 3 repeatedly until the door closes. When the door closes, programming is completed.

Please also read the operating instructions for the door drive.

Troubleshooting when programming the remote control

Check if the transmitter frequency of remote control 6 is supported.
Replace the batteries in the remote control 6.
Hold remote control 6 at various angles from a distance of 0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) in front of the inside rearview mirror. You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position.
Hold remote control 6 at the same angles at various distances in front of the inside rear-view mirror. You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position.
On remote controls that transmit only for a limited period, press button 5 on remote control 6 again before transmission ends.
Angle the antenna line of the garage door opener unit towards the remote control.

It is possible that older garage doors cannot be operated using the remote control in the inside rearview mirror even after you have successfully performed the measures described above. If this is the case, contact the HomeLink® Hotline.

Support and additional programming information:

On the toll-free HomeLink® Hotline on 1-800-355-3515
On the Internet at https://www.homelink.com/mercedes
Opening or closing a garage door

Requirements

The corresponding button is programmed to operate the door.
Press and hold buttons 1, 2 or 3 until the door opens or closes.
If indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow after approx. 20 seconds: Press the previously pressed button again and hold it down until the door opens or closes.

Clearing the garage door opener memory

Press and hold buttons 1 and 3.

Indicator lamp 4 lights up yellow.

If indicator lamp 4 flashes green: release buttons 1 and 3.
The entire memory has been deleted.

Electric parking brake
Function of the electric parking brake (applying automatically)

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle

If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, they could, in particular:

Open doors, thereby endangering other persons or road users.
Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.
Operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, for example.

In addition, the children could also set the vehicle in motion by, for example:

Releasing the parking brake.
Changing the gearbox position.
Starting the vehicle.
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle.
Keep the key out of reach of children.

The electric parking brake is applied if the transmission is in position j and one of the following conditions is fulfilled:

The vehicle is switched off.
The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seat belt buckle of the driver’s seat and the driver’s door is opened.

To prevent application: pull the handle of the electric parking brake.

In the following situations, the electric parking brake is also applied:

The HOLD function keeps the vehicle stationary.
Active Parking Assist is keeping the vehicle stationary.
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringing the vehicle to a standstill.
In addition, one of the following conditions must be fulfilled:
- The vehicle is switched off.
- The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seat belt buckle of the driver’s seat and the driver’s door is opened.
- There is a system malfunction.
- The power supply is insufficient.
- The vehicle is stationary for a lengthy period.

When the electric parking brake is applied, the red F (USA) or! (Canada) the indicator lamp lights up in the Instrument Display. The electric parking brake is not automatically applied if the vehicle is switched off by the ECO start/stop function.

Function of the electric parking brake (releasing automatically)
The electric parking brake is released when the following conditions are fulfilled:

The driver’s door is closed.
The vehicle has been started.
The transmission is in position h or k and you depress the accelerator pedal or you shift from transmission position j to h or k when on level ground.
If the transmission is in position k, the trunk lid must be closed.
The seat belt tongue is inserted into the seat belt buckle of the driver’s seat.
If the seat belt tongue is not inserted into the seat belt buckle of the driver’s seat, one of the following conditions must be fulfilled:
- You shift from transmission position j.
  or
- You have previously driven at speeds greater than 2 mph (3 km/h).

When the electric parking brake is released, the red F (USA) or! (Canada) the indicator lamp in the Instrument Display goes out.

Applying/releasing the electric parking brake manually

Applying

Push handle 1.
The red F (USA) or! (Canada) the indicator lamp lights up in the Instrument Display.

The electric parking brake is only securely applied if the red F (USA) or! (Canada) the indicator lamp is lit continuously.

Releasing

Switch on the vehicle. # Pull handle 1. The red F (USA) or! (Canada) the indicator lamp in the Instrument Display goes out.

Emergency braking

Press and hold handle 1.

As long as the vehicle is in motion, the Please Release Parking Brake message is displayed and the red F (USA) or! (Canada) the indicator lamp flashes. When the vehicle has been braked to a standstill, the electric parking brake is applied. The red F (USA) or! (Canada) the indicator lamp lights up in the Instrument Display.

Information on collision detection on a parked vehicle
If a collision is detected on the locked vehicle when towing protection is switched on and collision detection is switched on, you will receive a message in the multimedia system when the vehicle is switched on.

You will receive information about the following points:

The area of the vehicle that may have been damaged.
The force of the impact.

The following situation may lead to inadvertent activation:

The parked vehicle is moved in a two-story garage, for example.
Deactivate tow-away protection to prevent inadvertent activation. If you deactivate tow-away protection, collision detection will also be deactivated.
% If the battery is heavily discharged, the function for detecting a collision on a parked vehicle will automatically be deactivated to facilitate the next engine start.

System limits
Detection may be restricted in the following situations:

The vehicle is damaged without impact, such as if an outside mirror is torn off or the paint is damaged by a key
Impact occurs at low speed
The electric parking brake is not applied
You are responsible for your vehicle. Make sure that your vehicle is free of damage and roadworthy.

Notes on parking the vehicle for an extended period
If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six weeks, it may suffer damage through disuse. The 12 V battery may also be impaired or damaged by heavy discharging.

Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Standby mode (extension of the starter battery’s period out of use)
Standby mode function

This function is not available for all models. If standby mode is activated, energy loss will be minimized during extended periods of non-operation.

Standby mode is characterized by the following:

The starter battery is preserved.
The maximum non-operational time appears in the media display.
The connection to online services is interrupted.
The ATA (anti-theft alarm system) is not available.
The interior protection and tow-away alarm functions are not available.
The function for detecting collisions on a parked vehicle is not available.

If the following conditions are fulfilled, standby mode can be activated or deactivated using the multimedia system:

The vehicle is switched on.
The vehicle has not been started.

Exceeding the vehicle’s displayed non-operational time may cause inconvenience; i.e. it cannot be guaranteed that the starter battery will reliably start the vehicle.

Charge the starter battery in the following situations:

The vehicle’s non-operational time must be extended.
The Battery Charge Insufficient for Standby.
Mode message appears in the media display.
Standby mode is automatically deactivated.

when the vehicle is switched on.

Activating/deactivating standby mode (parking up the vehicle)

Requirements

The vehicle is switched off.

Activate or deactivate Standby Mode.
Select Yes.

FAQ

What is the fuel tank capacity of the 2023 E-Class Sedan?

The fuel tank capacity varies by model but typically ranges around 17 to 21 gallons.

Does the 2023 E-Class have a capless fuel system?

Yes, the E-Class features a capless fuel system for easier and cleaner refuelling.

What type of fuel does the 2023 E-Class require?

Most E-Class models require premium unleaded gasoline for optimal performance.

Is there a diesel version of the 2023 E-Class available?

As of my last update, Mercedes-Benz had been phasing out diesel options in favour of gasoline and hybrid powertrains in many markets.

How efficient is the fuel consumption in the 2023 E-Class?

Fuel efficiency varies by model, but the E-Class is generally known for its efficient engines, especially the four-cylinder and mild-hybrid variants.

Can the E-Class run on E85 or other alternative fuels?

Typically, the E-Class is not designed for E85 or other alternative fuels unless specifically stated by the manufacturer.

Is there a plug-in hybrid version of the E-Class for electric charging?

Mercedes-Benz has been offering plug-in hybrid versions in the E-Class lineup, which allow for electric charging and limited all-electric driving.

How long can the E-Class drive on a full tank?

The range on a full tank varies, but it can typically travel several hundred miles, depending on driving conditions and the model’s fuel efficiency.

Does the E-Class provide any fuel economy monitoring features?

Yes, the E-Class comes with an advanced infotainment system that can display fuel economy and range information.

Are there any special instructions for refuelling the E-Class?

Refuelling the E-Class is straightforward, but it’s important to use the recommended fuel type and follow any specific instructions in the owner’s manual.

Does the E-Class have an indicator for low fuel level?

Yes, the E-Class is equipped with a low fuel level warning light and a message in the instrument cluster.

Can the E-Class’s fuel door be locked for security?

The fuel door typically locks and unlocks with the vehicle’s central locking system for added security.

How does the mild-hybrid system in the E-Class affect refuelling?

The mild-hybrid system enhances fuel efficiency, potentially reducing the frequency of refuelling stops.

Are there any fuel additives recommended for the E-Class?

Mercedes-Benz generally recommends against using fuel additives, advising drivers to stick to high-quality fuel.

Is there a way to find fuel stations via the E-Class’s navigation system?

Yes, the MBUX infotainment system can assist in locating nearby fuel stations.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN ECO Display Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Eco Display System User Manual

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxurious vehicle that comes equipped with an Eco display that provides drivers with real-time information on their driving habits and fuel consumption. The display’s purpose is to encourage more efficient driving, which results in lower fuel consumption and fewer emissions. Located in the digital instrument cluster, the Eco display shows current fuel consumption, average fuel consumption, and distance travelled. It also provides visual cues to indicate whether the driver is driving efficiently, such as green arrows or a green bar, and whether they are driving inefficiently, such as red arrows or a red bar. The Mercedes Eco display is part of the Eco Assist system, which uses a variety of sensors and algorithms to optimize the vehicle’s performance and fuel efficiency. This system also includes automatic start-stop, which shuts off the engine when the car is idle, and regenerative braking, which recovers energy from braking and uses it to recharge the car’s battery. This guide will answer frequently asked questions about the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 Eco display, including information on how to access the display, how to interpret the information displayed, and how to use the display to optimize fuel efficiency.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage

Mercedes Eco Display System

The ECO display summarizes your driving characteristics from the start of the journey to its completion and assists you in achieving the most economical driving style.
You can influence consumption by doing the following:

Driving with particular care.
Following the gearshift recommendations.

The lettering in the segment will light up brightly, the outer edge will light up and the segment will fill up when the following driving style is adopted:

Steady speed
Gentle deceleration and rolling
Moderate acceleration
The lettering in the segment will be gray, the outer edge will be dark and the segment will empty when the following driving style is adopted:
Fluctuations in speed
Heavy braking
Sporty acceleration

The ECO display will show you when you have driven economically:

The three segments will fill up completely at the same time
The edges around all three segments will light up
The additional range achieved as a result of your driving style in comparison with a driver with a very sporty driving style will be shown in the center of display.
The range displayed does not indicate a fixed reduction in consumption.

ECO Assist function (vehicles with 48 V on-board electrical system)

ECO Assist analyzes data for the vehicle’s expected route. This allows the system to optimally adjust the driving style for the route ahead, save fuel and recuperate. ECO Assist is displayed on the Assistance menu.

Event ahead
Distance display for the event ahead
Foot off the accelerator” prompt

Displayable route events
The segments of distance display 2 show the distance to the event ahead as follows:

A few segments light up: the event ahead is near.
Many segments light up: the event ahead is further away.
When the vehicle nears the event, ECO Assist will calculate the optimal speed for maximum fuel economy and recuperative energy based on the distance, speed and gradient. The Foot off the Accelerator3 message appears in the Instrument Display. The first segments in front of the vehicle will turn green. The remaining segments will initially stay white. If you take your foot off the accelerator pedal in good time, the remaining segments on the display will successively turn green until the event shown is reached. The drivetrain will be set for maximum fuel economy. Recuperation will charge the battery. Recuperation will be adapted to the selected drive program. The event will be shown for a short time after it has been passed. If there is no response to the Foot off the Accelerator prompt, the segments will remain white. If the event involves a vehicle in front, all segments will immediately turn green once there is a response to the Foot off the Accelerator prompt. For active ECO Assist in drive program ;, symbol 3 will appear on the instrument display and on the head-up display beside transmission position h. Symbol 3 will also appear when the assistant display is not selected. If the system does not intervene during the event ahead, nothing will be displayed. The system will be passive.

ECO Assist is active only in drive programs; and A. System limits

ECO Assist can function even more precisely if the route is adhered to when route guidance is active. The basic function is also available without active route guidance. Not all information and traffic situations can be foreseen. The quality depends on the map data.
ECO Assist is only an aid.
The driver is responsible for keeping a safe distance from the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed and for braking in good time. The driver must be ready to brake at all times, irrespective of whether the system intervenes.

The system may be impaired or may not function in the following situations:

If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufficient illumination of the road, highly variable shade conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, direct sunlight or reflections.
If there is dirt on the windshield in the area of the multifunction camera or the camera is fogged up, damaged or obscured.
If road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to dirt, snow or insufficient lighting, or because they are obscured.
If the information on the navigation system’s digital map is incorrect or out of date.
If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road works or in adjacent lanes.

DYNAMIC SELECT Switch
Function of the DYNAMIC SELECT switch

NOTE Mercedes-AMG vehicles

Observe the notes in the Supplement. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers.
Depending on the engine and equipment, the
vehicle has different drive programs.
Use the DYNAMIC SELECT switch to change between the following drive programs.
The drive program selected appears on the instrument display Individual
Individual settings
Sport
Particularly sporty driving
Emphasizes the vehicle’s own oversteer and understeer characteristics for an even more active driving style
Suitable only for good road conditions, a dry surface and a clear stretch of road
Sport
Continues to offer stability but with a sporty setup
Enables a sporty driver to adopt a more active driving style
Suitable only for good road conditions, a dry surface and a clear stretch of road
Comfort
Comfortable and economical driving
The balance between traction and stability
Recommended for all road conditions Eco
Particularly economical driving
The balance between traction and stability
Recommended for all road conditions
The ESP® settings in the drive programs
Depending on the drive program, the following systems will change their characteristics
Drive
Engine and transmission management
Active Distance Assist DISTRONICR ESP®
Vehicles with AIR BODY CONTROL
or
DYNAMIC BODY CONTROL: suspension
Electric power steering

Selecting the Drive Program

Push DYNAMIC SELECT switch 1 forwards or backwards.
The drive program selected will appear on the instrument display.
Configuring DYNAMIC SELECT

Multimedia System:
Setting drive program I

Select Individual Configuration.
Select and set a category.
Switching the reset display on or off
Switch Request at Start on or off.
- Function on: the next time the vehicle is started a prompt appears asking whether the last active drive program should be restored. If the ECO start/stop function was deactivated, an additional prompt appears asking if the function should remain deactivated.
  The prompt only appears if the previously active settings deviate from the standard settings.
- Function off: the next time the vehicle is started the A drive program is set automatically. The ECO start/stop function is activated automatically.
This function must be activated for each user profile separately. Only when this function is activated will the drive program and ECO start/stop setting for the previous journey be saved for the respective user profile.

Displaying vehicle data

Displaying engine data

Multimedia system: 4© 5 Info Select Engine. The engine data is displayed. The actual (maximum) values that can be achieved for engine output and engine torque may deviate from the certified values within the country-specific guidelines for permissible tolerances

(basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or country-specific guidelines).
Influencing variables that can influence this are, for example:

Sea level
Fuel grade
Outside temperature
The operating temperature of the engine

The values displayed serve only as orientation. The values for engine output and engine torque shown on the media display may deviate from the actual values.

Calling up the fuel consumption indicator

FAQ

What is the Eco display in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The Eco display is a real-time information display located in the car’s digital instrument cluster that provides drivers with information about their driving style and fuel consumption.

What information is displayed on the Eco display?
The Eco display displays information such as current fuel consumption, average fuel consumption, and distance travelled. It also provides visual cues to indicate when the driver is driving efficiently or inefficiently.

How can I access the Eco display?
The Eco display is located in the car’s digital instrument cluster and can be accessed by navigating through the instrument cluster menu using the controls on the steering wheel.

How does the Eco display encourage more efficient driving practices?
The Eco display provides visual cues to indicate when the driver is driving efficiently or inefficiently, encouraging more efficient driving practices that reduce fuel consumption and emissions.

What is the Eco Assist system?
The Eco Assist system is a feature of the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 that uses sensors and algorithms to optimize the car’s performance and fuel efficiency.

What features are included in the Eco Assist system?
The Eco Assist system includes features such as automatic start-stop, which shuts off the engine when the car is idling, and regenerative braking, which recovers energy from braking and uses it to recharge the car’s battery.

How does the automatic start-stop feature work?
The automatic start-stop feature shuts off the engine when the car is idling and restarts it when the driver releases the brake pedal, reducing fuel consumption and emissions.

How does the regenerative braking feature work?
The regenerative braking feature recovers energy from braking and uses it to recharge the car’s battery, improving fuel efficiency and reducing emissions.

How can I use the Eco display to optimize fuel efficiency?
The Eco display provides real-time information about fuel consumption and driving style, allowing drivers to adjust their driving practices to optimize fuel efficiency.

What are the visual cues provided by the Eco display?
The Eco display provides visual cues such as green arrows or a green bar to indicate when the driver is driving efficiently and red arrows or a red bar to indicate when they are driving inefficiently.

Can the Eco display be customized?
Yes, the Eco display can be customized to display different types of information or to adjust the visual cues based on driver preferences.

Is the Eco display standard on all Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 models?
Yes, the Eco display is a standard feature on all Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 models.

Can the Eco Assist system be turned off?
Yes, the Eco Assist system can be turned off using the controls on the steering wheel.

Will using the Eco Assist system affect the car’s performance?
No, using the Eco Assist system will not significantly affect the car’s performance, but it may result in slightly slower acceleration and a smoother driving experience.

How can I learn more about using the Eco display and the Eco Assist system?
Consult the owner’s manual or contact a Mercedes-Benz dealer for more information about using the Eco display and the Eco Assist system.

What is ECO display in Mercedes?
The Eco Display in a Mercedes typically provides real-time feedback on driving habits and fuel efficiency, encouraging more eco-friendly driving behaviours such as smooth acceleration and braking to optimize fuel economy. It helps drivers monitor their environmental impact and improve fuel efficiency.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Driving Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Driving

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan has made a name for itself in the executive car market by harmoniously fusing performance, luxury, and state-of-the-art technology. This model year offers modern features including the most recent MBUX infotainment system, improved driver assistance systems, and economical engine options, along with an elegant exterior appearance and a flawlessly designed interior. It is a great option for individuals who want comfort and dynamic performance for long-distance or everyday travels because of its quiet, comfortable ride, agile handling, and strong acceleration.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

The Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 is a luxury vehicle that offers a smooth and comfortable driving experience. It comes with several features that enhance the driving experience, including:

DYNAMIC SELECT: This feature allows the driver to choose from several driving modes, including Comfort, Eco, Sport, Sport+, and Individual, to customize the driving experience according to their preferences.
AGILITY CONTROL suspension: This feature adjusts the shock absorbers according to the road conditions to provide a smooth and comfortable ride.
Electric power steering: This feature provides precise and responsive steering for a more engaging driving experience.
4MATIC all-wheel drive: This feature provides better traction and stability, especially in adverse weather conditions.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist: This feature automatically adjusts the headlights based on oncoming traffic to avoid blinding other drivers.
Active Brake Assist: This feature can detect potential collisions and provide an audible and visual warning to the driver. It can also apply the brakes if necessary to avoid a collision.
ATTENTION ASSIST: This feature can detect driver drowsiness and provide an alert to prevent accidents.
Blind Spot Assist: This feature can detect vehicles in the driver’s blind spot and provide an alert to prevent collisions.
Lane Keeping Assist: This feature can detect when the vehicle is drifting out of its lane and provide an alert to the driver. It can also apply steering torque to keep the vehicle in its lane.

It is important to note that these features are not a substitute for safe and attentive driving and should only be used as aids to the driver.

Driving

Notes on Mercedes-AMG Vehicles
Observe the notes on the following topics in the Supplement, otherwise, you may fail to recognize dangers.

The availability of certain functions depends on the equipment and model of the vehicle.
Emotion Start
AMG ceramic high-performance composite brake system
RACE START
DRIFT MODE
AMG RIDE CONTROL
AMG steering-wheel buttons

Switching on the power supply or the vehicle
Risk of accident and injury due to children left unattended in the vehicle If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, they could, in particular:

open doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.
operate vehicle equipment and become trapped, for example. In addition, the children could also set the vehicle in motion by, for example:
releasing the parking brake.
changing the gearbox position.
starting the vehicle.
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with you and lock the vehicle.
Keep the key out of reach of children.

Requirements

The key is in the vehicle and is recognized.
The brake pedal is not depressed.

To switch on the power supply: press button 1 once. You can, for example, switch on the windshield wipers. The power supply will be switched off again if the following conditions are met:

You open the driver’s door.
You press button 1 twice more.
To switch on the vehicle: press button 1 twice.
Indicator and warning lamps will light up on the instrument cluster.
The vehicle will be switched off again if one of the following conditions is met:
You do not start the vehicle within 15 minutes and the transmission is in position j or the electric parking brake is applied and the transmission is in position j or the electric parking brake is applied.

Starting the VehicleRisk of death caused by exhaust gases Combustion engines emits poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling these exhaust gases is hazardous to health and leads to poisoning. Never leave the engine or, if present, the auxiliary heating running in an enclosed space without sufficient ventilation.

WARNING
Risk of fire due to flammable materials in the engine compartment or on the exhaust system Flammable materials may ignite.

Therefore, regularly check that there are no flammable foreign materials in the engine compartment or on the exhaust system.

Requirements

The key is in the vehicle and is recognized.
Shift the transmission to position j or i.
Depress the brake pedal and press button 1 once.
If the vehicle does not start: switch off nonessential consumer equipment and press button 1 once.
If the vehicle still does not start and the Place the Key in the Marked Space See Operator’s Manual display message appears on the instrument display.
start the vehicle with the key in the marked space (emergency operation mode).
You can switch off the vehicle while driving. To do this, press and hold button 1 for about three seconds or press button 1 three times within three seconds. Be sure to observe the safety notes concerning this under “Driving tips”.
Observe any information regarding display messages that may be displayed on the instrument display.

Starting the vehicle with the key in the marked space (emergency operation mode)
If the vehicle does not start and the Place the Key in the Marked Space See Operator’s Manual message appears on the instrument display, you can start the vehicle in emergency mode.

Make sure that marked space 2 is empty.
Remove key 1 from the key ring.
Place key 1 in the stowage compartment
The vehicle will start after a short time.
If you remove key 1 from marked space 2, the vehicle can still be driven. For further engine starts, however, key 1 must be located in marked space 2 during the entire journey.
Have key 1 checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
If the vehicle does not start:
Place key 1 in marked space 2 and leave it there.
Depress the brake pedal and start the vehicle using the start/stop button.
You can switch on the power supply or the vehicle with the start/stop button.
Observe any information regarding display messages that may be shown on the instrument display.

Starting the vehicle via Remote Online Services
Cooling or heating the vehicle interior before starting the journey Ensure the following before starting the engine

The legal stipulations in the area where your vehicle is parked allow the engine to start via smartphone.
It is safe to start and run the engine where your vehicle is parked.
The fuel tank is sufficiently full.
The starter battery is sufficiently charged.

Charging the starter battery before starting the journey
You can receive a message on your smartphone when the state of charge of the starter battery is low. You can then start the vehicle with the smartphone to charge the battery. The vehicle is automatically switched off after ten minutes.

Ensure the following before starting the engine:

The legal stipulations in the area where your vehicle is parked allow the engine to start via smartphone.
It is safe to start and run the engine where your vehicle is parked.
The fuel tank is sufficiently full.

Starting the vehicle (Remote Online)
Risk of crushing or entrapment due to unintentional starting of the engine Limbs could be crushed or trapped if the engine is started unintentionally during service or maintenance work.

Always secure the engine against unintentional starting before carrying out maintenance or repair work.

Requirements

Park position j is selected.
The anti-theft alarm system is not activated. R The panic alarm is not activated.
The hazard warning light system is switched off.
The hood is closed.
The doors are closed and locked.
The windows and sliding sunroof are closed.
Start the vehicle using the smartphone. After every engine start, the engine runs for ten minutes.
You can carry out a maximum of two consecutive starting attempts. You must start the engine with the key before trying to start the vehicle again with the smartphone.
You can switch off the vehicle at any time as follows:
Via the Smartphone App
By pressing the Ü or ß button on the key
Further information can be found in the smartphone app.

Securing the vehicle against starting before carrying out maintenance or repair work:

Switch on the hazard warning light system. or Unlock the doors.
Open a side window or the sliding sunroof.

Breaking-in notes
To preserve the engine during the first 1000 miles (1500 km):

Drive at varying road speeds and engine
speeds.
No faster than 85 mph (140 km/h).
Drive the vehicle in drive mode A or ;.
Shift to the next higher gear at the very latest when the needle reaches the last third before the red area in the tachometer.
Do not shift down manually in order to brake.
Avoid overstraining the vehicle, e.g. driving at full throttle.
Do not depress the accelerator pedal past the pressure point (kickdown).
Only increase the engine speed gradually and accelerate the vehicle to full speed after 1000 miles (1500 km).
This also applies when the engine or parts of the drivetrain have been replaced.

Please also observe the following breaking-in notes:

In certain driving and driving safety systems, the sensors adjust automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered or after repairs. Full system effectiveness is only reached when this teaching-in process has concluded.
Brake pads, brake disks and tires that are either new or have been replaced achieve optimum braking effect and grip only after several hundred kilometres. Compensate the reduced braking effect by applying greater force to the brake pedal.

Notes on optimized acceleration
If all necessary requirements and activation conditions are fulfilled, the best possible acceleration can be achieved from a standstill. Do not use the optimized acceleration on public roads. Individual wheels could spin and you could lose control of the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and/or accident. Be sure to observe the safety notes and information on ESP®.

Pulling away with optimized acceleration
Risk of skidding and having an accident from wheels spinning When you use optimized acceleration, individual wheels could spin and you could lose control of the vehicle. If ESP® is deactivated, there is a risk of skidding and accident.

Make sure that no persons or obstacles are in the close vicinity of your vehicle.

Requirements:

the vehicle has been broken in.
the vehicle and tires are in good condition.
you are on a high-grip roadway.
the engine and transmission are at normal operating temperature.

NOTE
Increased wear due to optimized acceleration When pulling away with optimized acceleration, all components of the drivetrain are subjected to a very high load.

This can lead to increased component wear.

Do not always pull away with optimized acceleration.
Engage the h drive position.
Move the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position.
Select the sportiest available drive program
B or C.
Deactivate ESP®.
Depress and hold the brake pedal firmly with your left foot.
With your right foot, fully depress the accelerator pedal.
After no more than five seconds, take your left foot quickly off the brake, but keep the accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle will pull away at maximum acceleration.
Switch on ESP® once the acceleration procedure is complete.
Ending optimized acceleration
Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
Reactivate ESP®.
After you pull away with optimized acceleration, components of the drivetrain can become very hot, which means that optimized acceleration values may be reached again only after a few minutes.

Notes on driving

WARNING

Risk of accident due to objects in the driver’s footwell Objects in the driver’s footwell may impede pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardizes the operating and road safety of the vehicle.
Stow all objects in the vehicle securely so that they cannot get into the driver’s footwell.
Always install the floor mats securely and as prescribed to ensure that there is always sufficient room for the pedals.
Do not use loose floor mats and do not place floor mats on top of one another.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to incorrect footwear. Incorrect footwear includes, for example:

Shoes with platform soles
Shoes with high heels
Slippers
There is a risk of an accident.
Always wear suitable footwear so that you can operate the pedals safely.

WARNING
Risk of an accident if the vehicle is switched off while driving If you switch off the vehicle while driving, safety functions are restricted or no longer available. This may affect the power steering system and the brake force boosting, for example. You will need to use considerably more force to steer and brake, for example.

Do not switch off the vehicle while driving.

DANGER
Risk of death caused by exhaust gases Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling these exhaust gases is hazardous to health and leads to poisoning.

Never leave the engine or, if present, Never leave the engine or, if present, the auxiliary heating running in an enclosed space without sufficient ventilation.

WARNING
Risk of skidding and of an accident due to shifting down on slippery road surfaces If you shift down on slippery road surfaces to increase the engine braking effect, the drive wheels may lose traction.

Do not shift down on slippery road surfaces to increase the engine braking effect.

DANGER
Risk of fatal injury due to poisonous exhaust gases. If the tailpipe is blocked or sufficient ventilation is not possible, poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide may enter the vehicle. This is the case, for example, if the vehicle gets stuck in the snow.

Keep the tailpipe and the area around the vehicle free from snow when the engine or the stationary heater is running.
Open a window on the side of the vehicle facing away from the wind to ensure an adequate supply of fresh air.

WARNING
Risk of accident and injury due to being under the influence of alcohol and drugs while driving Drinking and driving and/or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations. Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes, perceptions, and judgment. The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive.

Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to the brake system overheating If you leave your foot on the brake pedal when driving, the brake system may overheat. This increases the braking distance and the brake system can even fail.

Never use the brake pedal as a footrest.
Do not depress the brake pedal and the.
Accelerator pedal at the same time while driving.

NOTE
Engine damage due to excessively high engine speeds The engine will be damaged if you drive with the engine in the overrevving range.

Do not drive with the engine in the over-revving range.

NOTE
Wearing out the brake linings by continuously depressing the brake pedal

Do not depress the brake pedal continuously whilst driving.
To use the braking effect of the engine, shift to a lower gear in good time.

NOTE
Damage to the drivetrain and engine when pulling away

Do not warm up the engine while the vehicle is stationary. Pull away immediately.
Avoid high engine speeds and drive at full throttle until the engine has reached its operating temperature.

NOTE
Damage to the catalytic converter due to non-combusted fuel The engine is not running smoothly and is misfiring.
Non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter.

Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.
Has the cause been rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop?

NOTE
Reduced battery life due to frequent short-distance trips. The 12 V battery may not be sufficiently charged when the vehicle is used only for short-distance trips. This reduces the life of the battery.

Drive longer distances regularly to charge the battery.

NOTE
Damage to the vehicle due to not observing the maximum permitted headroom clearance If the vehicle height is greater than the maximum permitted headroom clearance, the roof and other parts of the vehicle may be damaged.

Observe the signposted headroom clearance.
If the vehicle height is greater than the permitted headroom clearance, do not enter.
Observe the changed vehicle height with add-on roof equipment.
Please bear in mind that all the speed values stated in this Operator’s Manual are approximate and are subject to a certain tolerance.

Notes on driving with a roof load, trailer or fully laden vehicle When driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or trailer as well as with a fully laden or fully occupied vehicle, the vehicle’s driving and steering characteristics change. You should bear the following in mind:

Do not exceed the permissible roof load and trailer load. Also, observe the information in the Technical Data.
Distribute the roof load and the load inside the vehicle evenly, placing heavy objects at the bottom. Also, comply with the notes on loading the vehicle.
Drive attentively, and avoid abrupt starts, braking and steering as well as rapid cornering.

Advice on driving on salt-strewn roads The braking effect is limited on saltstrewn road surfaces. Therefore, observe the following notes:

Due to salt build-up on the brake disks and brake pads, the braking distance may increase considerably or result in one-sided braking.
Maintain a much greater safety distance to the vehicle in front.
Remove salt build-up as follows:
Brake occasionally, paying attention to the traffic conditions
Carefully depress the brake pedal at the end of the journey and when starting the next journey

Notes on hydroplaning
Hydroplaning can take place if a certain depth of water has built up on the road surface. Observe the following notes in the event of heavy precipitation or conditions in which hydroplaning may occur:

Reduce speed
Avoid tire ruts
Avoid sudden steering movements
Brake carefully
Also, observe the notes on regularly checking wheels and tires.

Notes on fording on the road
Water ingress in the vehicle can damage the engine, electricity and transmission. Water can also enter through the engine’s air intake and cause engine damage.

Observe the following if you have to drive through water:

The water, when calm, may only reach the lower edge of the vehicle body.

Drive at a maximum speed of 6 mph(10 km/h);

water can otherwise enter the vehicle interior or engine compartment.
Vehicles travelling in front, or oncoming vehicles, can create waves which may cause the maximum permissible depth of water to be exceeded. The braking effect of the brakes is reduced after fording. Brake carefully, paying attention to the traffic conditions, until braking power has been fully restored.

ECO start/stop function
Depending on the engine, the ECO start/stop function is not available in all drive programs. Observe the status display on the instrument display concerning this. The engine will be switched off automatically in the following situations if all vehicle conditions for an automatic engine stop are met:

You brake the vehicle to a standstill in transmission position h or i.
Vehicles with a 48 V on-board electrical system: you depress the brake pedal when travelling at a low speed
If the system has detected one of the following situations, the engine will not stop:
You stop at a stop sign and there is no vehicle in front of you.
The vehicle that stopped in front of you starts up again.
You manoeuvre, turn the steering wheel sharply or engage reverse gear.
If the system detects an intelligent stop inhibitor, e.g. a stop sign, the engine will not stop. If you activate the HOLD function or engage the park position j, the engine can be switched off despite an intelligent stop inhibitor.

The engine will restart automatically in the following cases:

You engage transmission position h or k.
You depress the accelerator pedal.
The vehicle requires an automatic engine start.
You release the brake pedal.
Vehicles with a 48 V onboard electrical system.
You release the brake pedal on a downhill gradient and the vehicle does not roll.
The vehicle rolls on a downhill gradient and does not automatically enter glide mode at 15 mph (20 km/h).

ECO start/stop function symbols on the instrument display:

The è symbol (green) appears when the vehicle is at a standstill: the engine was switched off by the ECO start/stop function.
The ç symbol (yellow) appears when the vehicle is at a standstill: not all vehicle conditions for an engine stop have been met.
Neither the è symbol nor the ç symbol appears when the vehicle is at a standstill: an intelligent stop inhibitor, e.g. a stop sign, has been detected.
The s symbol appears: the ECO start/stop function is deactivated or there is a malfunction
If the engine is switched off by the ECO start/stop function and you leave the vehicle, a warning tone will sound and the engine will not be restarted.

In addition, the following display message will appear on the instrument display:

Vehicle Ready to Drive Switch the Ignition Off Before Exiting
If you do not switch off the vehicle, it will automatically be switched off after three minutes.

Deactivating or activating the ECO start/stop function

Press button 1
If indicator lamp 2 lights up, the ECO start/stop function is activated.
Depending on the model and the vehicle equipment, the button may also be located at a different position in the centre console.

FAQ

What kind of engine options are available in the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 offers a choice of several engine options, including turbocharged four-cylinder and six-cylinder engines, as well as a plug-in hybrid option.

What is the maximum horsepower output of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 offers up to 362 horsepower with the AMG E 53 model.

Does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have an all-wheel drive?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes with 4MATIC all-wheel drive on certain models.

What is the fuel economy of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The fuel economy of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 varies depending on the engine and configuration but ranges from approximately 22-28 MPG in the city and 28-36 MPG on the highway.

What is the maximum towing capacity of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
Answer: The E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 is not designed for towing.

Does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have adaptive cruise control?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes with adaptive cruise control.

What is the top speed of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
The top speed of the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 varies depending on the model and engine but can reach up to 155 MPH with the AMG E 63 S model.

Does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have a sport mode?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 has a Sport driving mode that adjusts the throttle response, steering, and suspension for a more dynamic driving experience.

What kind of transmission does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have?
The E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes with a 9-speed automatic transmission.

Does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have a self-parking feature?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 has an available self-parking feature that can park the car automatically.

Does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have a lane departure warning?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes with a lane departure warning.

What kind of suspension does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have?
The E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 comes with a multi-link suspension system.

Can the driver adjust the suspension in the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 has an available air suspension that can be adjusted for a more comfortable or sporty ride.

Does the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 have a heads-up display?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 has an available heads-up display that projects information onto the windshield for the driver to see.

Can the driver customize the driving experience in the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023?
Yes, the E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 has multiple driving modes and customizable settings for the driver to adjust the car’s performance and behaviour to their preferences.

Useful Link

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

E-CLASS Mercedes-Benz

2023 Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN Interior Lighting and Mirror Guidelines

Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 Interior Lighting and Mirror

The 2023 Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan comes with advanced interior lighting and mirror features that improve the driver’s visibility and overall driving experience. The interior lighting system has many customizable options, including ambient lighting in 64 different colors that can be adjusted to suit the driver’s preferences. The lighting system also has a welcome light feature that illuminates the interior when the driver approaches, creating a luxurious and inviting atmosphere. Moreover, the E-Class Sedan 2023 has an advanced rearview mirror that can switch between traditional reflective mode and digital camera mode. The camera mode provides a wider and clearer view of the area behind the vehicle, improving the driver’s visibility and making it easier to navigate tight spaces. Additionally, the mirror includes automatic dimming technology that reduces the glare from bright headlights, making night driving safer and more comfortable. Overall, the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023 offers advanced interior lighting and mirror features that improve visibility and create a luxurious and inviting atmosphere inside the vehicle.

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Interior Lighting

Adjusting the Interior Lighting

Front Overhead Control Panel

Front left reading lamp
Automatic interior lighting control 3 c Front interior lighting
Rear interior lighting
Front right reading lamp

To switch on or off: press buttons 1 – 5 accordingly.

Control Panel in the Grab Handle

The rear passenger compartment reading lamp
To switch it on or off: press the 1 button

Adjusting the ambient lighting
Multimedia system:

Setting the colour

Select Color.
Set the desired colour.

Adjusting the brightness

Select Brightness.
Adjust the brightness.
- Activating the brightness for zones
Select Brightness.
Select Brightness Zones.
Activate or deactivate the function.
or
Set the brightness for the desired zones.

Activating multi-color lighting

Select Color.
Select Multi-color.
Select a colour combination.

Activating multi-color animation

Select Color.
Select Multi-color Animation.
The chosen colour combination will change at predefined intervals.

Activating welcome lighting

Select Color.
Select Welcome.

When the vehicle is unlocked, a special ambient lighting sequence will run.

Activating dependency on air conditioning settings

Select Color.
Select Climate.

If changes are made to the temperature setting in the vehicle, the color of the ambient lighting will change briefly. Switching the interior lighting switch-off delay time on/off

Switch the switch-off delay time on or off.
When this function is active, the interior lighting lights up for a short time after the vehicle is locked.

Windshield wiper and windshield washer system
Switching the windshield wiper on/off

Windshield wiper off
Intermittent wiping, normal
Intermittent wiping, frequent
Continuous wiping, slow
Continuous wiping, fast

Turn the combination switch to the corresponding position 1 – 5.
Single wipe/washing: push the button on the combination switch in the direction of arrow 1.
- Single wipe
- Wipes with washer fluid

Observe the notes on washing the vehicle in a car wash.

Replacing the windshield wiper blades
Risk of becoming trapped if the windshield wipers are switched on while wiper blades are being replaced If the windshield wipers begin to move while you are changing the wiper blades, you can be trapped by the wiper arm.

Always switch off the windshield wipers and vehicle before changing the wiper blades.
Moving the wiper arms into the replacement position
Switch the vehicle on and then off again immediately.
Within around 15 seconds, press and hold the î button on the combination switch for approximately three seconds. The wiper arms will move into the replacement position.

Removing the wiper blades

Fold the wiper arms away from the windshield.

Hold the wiper arm with one hand. With the other hand, turn the wiper blade away from the wiper arm in the direction of arrow 1 as far as it will go.
Slide catch 2 in the direction of arrow 3 until it engages in the removal position.
Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm in the direction of arrow 4.
Installing the wiper blades

Insert the new wiper blade into the wiper arm in the direction of arrow 1.
Slide catch 2 in the direction of arrow 3 until it engages in the locking position.
Make sure that the wiper blade is seated correctly.
Fold the wiper arms back onto the windshield.
Switch on the vehicle.
Press the î button on the combination switch.
The wiper arms will return to their original positions.
Switch off the vehicle.
Check the condition of the wiper blades regularly and replace them in the event of visible damage or ongoing smearing.

Maintenance Display

Remove protective film 1 from the maintenance displays on the tips of the newly installed wiper blades.

When the colour of the maintenance displays changes from black to yellow, replace the wiper blades.

The duration until the color changes varies

Mirrors
Operating the outside mirrors

WARNING
Risk of accident due to adjusting the vehicle settings while the vehicle is in motion

You could lose control of the vehicle in the following situations in particular:

If you adjust the driver’s seat, the head restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror while the vehicle is in motion
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion
Before starting the vehicle: in particular, adjust the driver’s seat, head restraint, steering wheel and mirror, and fasten your seat belt.

WARNING
Risk of accident due to misjudgment of distance when using the front-passenger mirror The outside mirror on the front passenger side reflects objects on a smaller scale. The objects in view are closer than they appear.

Therefore, always look over your shoulder to check the actual distance between you and the road users travelling behind you.

Folding the outside mirrors in/out

Briefly press button 1. Readjusting the outside mirrors
If the battery has been disconnected or completely discharged, the outside mirrors must be readjusted. Only then will the automatic mirror folding function work properly.
Briefly press button 1.
Adjusts the outside mirrors
Press button 3 or 4 to select the outside
mirror to be adjusted.
Press button 2 to adjust the position of the mirror glass.
Engaging the outside mirrors
Vehicles without electrically folding outside mirrors: manually move the outside mirror into the correct position.
Vehicles with electrically folding outside mirrors: press and hold button 1.
You will hear a click and the mirror will audibly click into place.
The outside mirror will now be moved to the correct position.

Automatic anti-glare mirror function
Risk of acid burns and poisoning due to the anti-glare mirror electrolyte Electrolytes may escape if the glass in an automatic anti-glare mirror breaks. The electrolyte is hazardous to health and causes irritation. It must not come into contact with your skin, eyes, respiratory organs or clothing or be swallowed.

If you come into contact with electrolytes, observe the following:

Immediately rinse the electrolyte from your skin with water and seek medical attention.
If electrolyte comes into contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water and seek medical attention.
If the electrolyte is swallowed, immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
Immediately change out of clothing which has been contaminated with electrolytes.
If an allergic reaction occurs, seek medical attention immediately.

The inside rearview mirror and the outside mirror on the driver’s side will automatically go into anti-glare mode if light from a headlamp hits the sensor on the inside rearview mirror.

System limits
The system will not go into anti-glare mode if: R The vehicle is switched off.

The reverse gear is engaged.
The interior lighting is switched on.

Front-passenger outside mirror parking position function
The parking position makes parking easier. The front-passenger outside mirror will swivel downwards in the direction of the rear wheel on the front passenger’s side when:

The parking position is stored.
The front passenger mirror is selected.
The reverse gear is engaged.

The front-passenger outside mirror will move back to its original position when:

You shift the transmission to another transmission position.
You are travelling at a speed greater than 9 mph (15 km/h).
You press the button for the outside mirror on the driver’s side.

Storing the parking position of the front-passenger outside mirror using the reverse gear

Storing

Select the front-passenger outside mirror using button 2.
Engage reverse gear.
Move the front-passenger outside mirror into the desired parking position using button 1.

Calling up

Select the front-passenger outside mirror using button 2.
Engage reverse gear.
The front-passenger outside mirror will move to the stored parking position.

Activating/deactivating the automatic mirror folding function
Multimedia system:

Activate or deactivate Automatic Folding.

Area on the windshield permeable to radio waves

Radio-controlled equipment such as toll systems can be mounted only in areas 1 of the windshield permeable to radio waves. The area is permeable to Radio Wave 1 is best visible from outside the vehicle when the windshield is illuminated with an additional light source.

Infrared-reflective windshield function
The infrared-reflective windshield is coated and reduces the build-up of heat in the vehicle interior. The coating shields the vehicle interior from radio waves.

FAQ

What is the ambient lighting system in the Mercedes-Benz E-Class Sedan 2023?
The ambient lighting system in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is a customizable system that allows the driver to choose from 64 different colours to illuminate the interior of the vehicle.

Can the ambient lighting be adjusted to match the driver’s mood and preferences?
Yes, the ambient lighting in the E-Class Sedan 2023 is customizable and can be adjusted to match the driver’s mood and preferences.

What is the welcome light in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The welcome light is a special interior lighting feature that illuminates the interior of the vehicle when the driver approaches, creating a welcoming and luxurious atmosphere.

Can the rearview mirror in the E-Class Sedan 2023 be switched between reflective and camera modes?
Yes, the rearview mirror in the E-Class Sedan 2023 can be switched between a traditional reflective mode and a digital camera mode.

What is the advantage of using the camera mode in the rearview mirror?
The camera mode provides a wider and clearer view of the area behind the vehicle, enhancing the driver’s visibility and making it easier to manoeuvre in tight spaces.

Does the rearview mirror in the E-Class Sedan 2023 include automatic dimming technology?
Yes, the rearview mirror in the E-Class Sedan 2023 includes automatic dimming technology, which reduces the glare from bright headlights and makes driving at night safer and more comfortable.

What other advanced interior features does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 includes a variety of other advanced interior features, such as a touchscreen infotainment system, voice-activated controls, and a premium sound system.

Is the interior of the E-Class Sedan 2023 spacious?
Yes, the interior of the E-Class Sedan 2023 is spacious and comfortable, with high-quality materials and advanced technology features.

Does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility?
Yes, the E-Class Sedan 2023 features Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility, allowing drivers to easily integrate their smartphones with the vehicle’s infotainment system.

What is the horsepower of the engine in the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 is powered by a 2.0-litre four-cylinder engine that delivers 255 horsepower.

What type of transmission does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 is equipped with a 9-speed automatic transmission.

What safety features does the E-Class Sedan 2023 have?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 comes equipped with a range of advanced safety features, including lane departure warning, automatic emergency braking, and adaptive cruise control.

Is the E-Class Sedan 2023 a reliable car?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 is generally considered a reliable car, with a good reputation for quality and durability.

Is the E-Class Sedan 2023 fuel-efficient?
The E-Class Sedan 2023 has a respectable fuel economy for a luxury sedan, with an estimated 24-27 mpg in city driving and 31-35 mpg on the highway.

What is the starting price of the E-Class Sedan 2023?
The starting price of the E-Class Sedan 2023 is around $57,000. However, the price can vary depending on the specific model and features selected.

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: Mercedes-Benz E-CLASS SEDAN 2023 User Manual

Download Manuals: https://www.mbusa.com/en/owners/manuals

2023 Mercedes Benz E-Class Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)